diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'man')
111 files changed, 10183 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/man/Makefile b/man/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f21fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# +# Generated automatically from Makefile.in by the +# configure script. +# +# only executed from a subdir +MAN1 = man whatis apropos +MAN5 = man.conf +MAN8 = makewhatis +ALL = man.1 whatis.1 apropos.1 man.conf.5 +MAYBE8 = makewhatis + +.SUFFIXES: .man .1 .5 .8 + +.man.1: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +.man.5: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +.man.8: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +INSTALL = install -c -m 644 + +# Where to put the manual pages. +mandir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/usr/share/man$(SLANG) + +all: $(ALL) + for i in $(MAYBE8); \ + do if test -f $$i.man; then make -f ../Makefile $$i.8; fi; done + +install: $(ALL) + mkdir -p $(mandir)/man1 $(mandir)/man5 $(mandir)/man8 + for i in $(MAN1); \ + do $(INSTALL) $$i.1 $(mandir)/man1/$$i.1; done + for i in $(MAN5); \ + do $(INSTALL) $$i.5 $(mandir)/man5/$$i.5; done + for i in $(MAN8); \ + do if test -f $$i.8; then $(INSTALL) $$i.8 $(mandir)/man8/$$i.8; fi; done + +clean: + rm -f core *.in *.1 *.5 *.8 *~ + +spotless: + +subdirs: + @for i in en; do if test -d $$i; then echo; \ + echo "==== Making the `cat $$i.txt` man pages. ===="; \ + cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile; cd ..; \ + else echo "==== No $$i man pages found. ===="; fi; done + +installsubdirs: + @for i in en; do if test -d $$i; then echo; \ + echo "==== Installing the `cat $$i.txt` man pages. ===="; \ + cd $$i; SLANG=/$$i; if test $$SLANG = /en; then SLANG= ; fi; \ + export SLANG; make -f ../Makefile install; cd ..; \ + else echo "==== No $$i man pages found. ===="; fi; done + +cleansubdirs: + @for i in ??; do cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile clean; cd ..; done + rm -f core *~ + +spotlesssubdirs: + for i in ??; do cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile spotless; cd ..; done + rm -f Makefile diff --git a/man/Makefile.in b/man/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fac193 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# only executed from a subdir +MAN1 = man whatis apropos +MAN5 = man.conf +MAN8 = makewhatis +ALL = man.1 whatis.1 apropos.1 man.conf.5 +MAYBE8 = makewhatis + +.SUFFIXES: .man .1 .5 .8 + +.man.1: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +.man.5: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +.man.8: + @cp $< $@.in; ../../conf_script $@; rm $@.in + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ -c -m 644 + +# Where to put the manual pages. +mandir = $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)@mandir@$(SLANG) + +all: $(ALL) + for i in $(MAYBE8); \ + do if test -f $$i.man; then make -f ../Makefile $$i.8; fi; done + +install: $(ALL) + mkdir -p $(mandir)/man1 $(mandir)/man5 $(mandir)/man8 + for i in $(MAN1); \ + do $(INSTALL) $$i.1 $(mandir)/man1/$$i.@man1ext@; done + for i in $(MAN5); \ + do $(INSTALL) $$i.5 $(mandir)/man5/$$i.@man5ext@; done + for i in $(MAN8); \ + do if test -f $$i.8; then $(INSTALL) $$i.8 $(mandir)/man8/$$i.@man8ext@; fi; done + +clean: + rm -f core *.in *.@man1ext@ *.@man5ext@ *.@man8ext@ *~ + +spotless: + +subdirs: + @for i in @languages@; do if test -d $$i; then echo; \ + echo "==== Making the `cat $$i.txt` man pages. ===="; \ + cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile; cd ..; \ + else echo "==== No $$i man pages found. ===="; fi; done + +installsubdirs: + @for i in @languages@; do if test -d $$i; then echo; \ + echo "==== Installing the `cat $$i.txt` man pages. ===="; \ + cd $$i; SLANG=/$$i; if test $$SLANG = /en; then SLANG= ; fi; \ + export SLANG; make -f ../Makefile install; cd ..; \ + else echo "==== No $$i man pages found. ===="; fi; done + +cleansubdirs: + @for i in ??; do cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile clean; cd ..; done + rm -f core *~ + +spotlesssubdirs: + for i in ??; do cd $$i; make -f ../Makefile spotless; cd ..; done + rm -f Makefile diff --git a/man/bg.txt b/man/bg.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..047a2a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +bulgarian diff --git a/man/bg/README b/man/bg/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3173a29 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/README @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +These pages are a one-time contribution by Dimitar Zhekov. +E-mail: <jimmy@is-vn.bg> +They were updated by Alexander Shopov. +E-mail: <ash@contact.bg> +You can reach the Bulgarain translation team at: +http://fsa-bg.org/project/gtp + diff --git a/man/bg/apropos.man b/man/bg/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e4f937 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Translated by Dimitar Zhekov <jimmy@is-vn.bg>, 2002. +.\" Translated by Alexander Shopov <ash@contact.bg>, 2005. +.TH apropos 1 "15 ÿíóàđè 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH ÈÌĆ +apropos \- òúđńćíć íà íèç â áàçàòà îò äàííè íà whatis +.SH ŃÈÍÒÀÊŃÈŃ +.BI apropos +êëțśîâà_äóìà ... +.SH ÎÏÈŃÀÍÈĆ +apropos òúđńè êëțśîâè äóìè âúâ ôàéëîâćòć íà áàçàòà îò äàííè, +ńúäúđæàùè êđàòêè îïèńàíèÿ íà ńèńòćìíèòć êîìàíäè, è èçâćæäà đćçóëòàòà +íà ńòàíäàđòíèÿ èçőîä. +.SH "ÀÂÒÎĐ/ÏÎÄÄĐÚÆÊÀ" +Ïúđâîíàśàëíèÿò àâòîđ íà +.BR man +ć John W. Eaton. Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> +îńúùćńòâÿâà òćêóùî ïîääđúæêàòà íà ïàêćòà. +.SH ÏĐĆÂÎÄ +Äèìèòúđ Æćêîâ, Àëćêńàíäúđ Űîïîâ <ash@contact.bg> +.SH "ÂÈÆÒĆ ŃÚÙÎ" +.BR whatis(1), +.BR man(1). diff --git a/man/bg/makewhatis.man b/man/bg/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..772e281 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.\" Translated by Alexander Shopov <ash@contact.bg>, 2005. +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "21 àâăóńò 2005" +.SH ÈÌĆ +makewhatis \- ńúçäàâà áàçà îò äàííè íà whatis +.SH ŃÈÍÒÀÊŃÈŃ +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " đàçäćëè " ] [-c [" ïúò_êúì_ăîòîâè_ńòđàíèöè "]] [" ïúò_êúì_ńòđàíèöè "]" +.SH ÎÏÈŃÀÍÈĆ +.B makewhatis +èçśèòà +.IR "âńèśêè ńòđàíèöè" " â " "ïúòÿ äî đúêîâîäńòâîòî" èëè +.IR "âńèśêè ăîòîâè ńòđàíèöè" " â " "ïúòÿ äî ăîòîâèòć ńòđàíèöè", +êîèòî ïîïàäàò â äàäćíèòć +.I đàçäćëè. + áàçàòà îò äàííè íà whatis ńć çàïèńâà ïî ćäèí đćä çà âńÿêà +ńòđàíèöà. Òîé ńć ńúńòîè îò èìćòî íà ńòđàíèöàòà è êđàòêî +îïèńàíèć đàçäćëćíè ń òèđć. Îïèńàíèćòî ńć âçèìà îò +ńúäúđæàíèćòî íà śàńòòà ÈÌĆ íà ńòđàíèöàòà. +.LP +Ïîíćæć â đàçëèśíèòć ćçèöè èìćòî íà đàçäćëà ÈÌĆ ć ïđćâćäćíî, +.B makewhatis +đàçïîçíàâà àíàëîăèśíè òćđìèíè â śćűêè, èòàëèàíńêè, ôèíńêè, ôđćíńêè, íćìńêè è +èńïàíńêè. +.LP +Àêî íć ć çàäàäćí +.IR "ïúò äî ńòđàíèöèòć îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî", +ïî ïîäđàçáèđàíć ńć ïîëçâà +.I /usr/man +. +.SH ÎÏÖÈÈ +.TP +.B -u +Îáíîâÿâàíć íà áàçàòà îò äàííè ń íîâèòć ńòđàíèöè. +.TP +.B -v +Ïîäđîáćí èçőîä. +.TP +.B -w +Èçïîëçâàíć íà ïúòÿ ïîëóśćí îò êîìàíäàòà `man --path` +.TP +.BI -s " đàçäćëè" +Ïđćăëćæäàò ńć çàäàäćíèòć +.I đàçäćëè +îò ïúòÿ äî +.IR "îđèăèíàëèòć íà ńòđàíèöèòć " èëè " ăîòîâèòć ńòđàíèöè îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî" . +Àêî íć ć çàäàäćíà ńòîéíîńò, ńć èçïîëçâà +.I \'1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l\' +.TP +.BI -c " ïúò_äî_ăîòîâèòć_ńòđàíèöè" +Ïđîśèòàò ńć ăîòîâèòć ńòđàíèöè â +.I ïîńîśćíèÿ ïúò + . Àêî íć ć çàäàäćí àđăóìćíò, ńć ïđèćìà ïúđâàòà ńúùćńòâóâàùà +äèđćêòîđèÿ èçìćæäó +.IR /usr/man/preformat " è " /usr/man . +.SH ÏĐÈÌĆĐÈ +.PP +Çà äà ńć îáíîâÿò ńàìî +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " è " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +Çà äà ńć îáíîâÿò âńèśêè áàçè îò äàííè, +âêëțśèòćëíî ïđćâîäèòć íà áúëăàđńêè, đóńêè è àíăëèéńêè: +.IP +LANGUAGE=bg:ru:en makewhatis -w +.SH ĂĐĆŰÊÈ +.B makewhatis +ìîæć äà íć ńć ńïđàâè äîáđć ńúń ńòđàíèöè, êîèòî èçïîëçâàò +íćńòàíäàđòíè ìàêđîńè çà troff, íàïđ. đúêîâîäńòâîòî íà Tcl/Tk. +.PP +.B makewhatis +íć đàáîòè ń ïđćäâàđèòćëíî ôîđìàòèđàíè ïđćâîäè. +.SH "ÀÂÒÎĐ/ÏÎÄÄĐÚÆÊÀ" +Ïúđâîíàśàëíèÿò àâòîđ íà +.BR man +ć John W. Eaton. Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> +îńúùćńòâÿâà òćêóùî ïîääđúæêàòà íà ïàêćòà. +.SH ÏĐĆÂÎÄ +Àëćêńàíäúđ Űîïîâ <ash@contact.bg> +.SH "ÂÈÆÒĆ ŃÚÙÎ" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) diff --git a/man/bg/man.conf.man b/man/bg/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6574e69 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "21 àâăóńò 2005" +.SH ÈÌĆ +man.conf \- êîíôèăóđàöèîííè äàííè çà man +.SH ÎÏÈŃÀÍÈĆ +.LP +Òîçè ôàéë ńć śćòć îò +.BR man (1) +è ńúäúđæà: (à) èíôîđìàöèÿ êàê äà ńć ńúçäàäć ïúòÿò çà òúđńćíć +íà ńòđàíèöè îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî; (á) ïúëíèòć èìćíà íà đàçëèśíè +ïđîăđàìè êàòî nroff, eqn, tbl è ò.í., èçïîëçâàíè îò man; (â) +ńïèńúê íà äćêîìïđćńèđàùè ïđîăđàìè çà ôàéëîâć ń îïđćäćëćíè +đàçűèđćíèÿ. Đàçëèśćí îò ńòàíäàđòíèÿ êîíôèăóđàöèîíćí ôàéë +ìîæć äà áúäć óêàçàí ń: +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Èìćíàòà íà êîìàíäèòć ìîăàò äà âêëțśâàò è ńúîòâćòíè îïöèè. +grotty(1) âêëțśâà śćńòî èçïîëçâàíè îïöèè çà nroff. +Íàïđèìćđ, âìćńòî ïîäđàçáèđàùèÿ ńć đćä: +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +ìîæćòć çà èçïîëçâàòć: +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +çà äà çàáđàíèòć ïîäśćđòàâàíćòî è çàśćđòàâàíćòî. +.SH ÔÀÉËÎÂĆ +.I "@man_config_file@" +.SH "ÀÂÒÎĐ/ÏÎÄÄĐÚÆÊÀ" +Ïúđâîíàśàëíèÿò àâòîđ íà +.BR man +ć John W. Eaton. Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> +îńúùćńòâÿâà òćêóùî ïîääđúæêàòà íà ïàêćòà. +.SH ÏĐĆÂÎÄ +Äèìèòúđ Æćêîâ, Àëćêńàíäúđ Űîïîâ <ash@contact.bg> +.SH "ÂÈÆÒĆ ŃÚÙÎ" +.BR col (1), +.BR (g)eqn (1), +.BR (g)pic (1), +.BR groff (1), +.BR grotty (1), +.BR (g)refer (1), +.BR (g)tbl (1), +.BR less (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR compress (1), +.BR gzip (1). diff --git a/man/bg/man.man b/man/bg/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4013fa --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,472 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" More changes - flc +.\" +.\" Translated by Dimitar Zhekov <jimmy@is-vn.bg>, 2002. +.\" Translated by Alexander Shopov <ash@contact.bg>, 2005. +.TH man 1 "21 àâăóńò 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH ÈÌĆ +man \- ôîđìàòèđàíć è èçâćæäàíć íà ńòđàíèöè îò ćëćêòđîííîòî đúêîâîäńòâî +.SH ŃÈÍÒÀÊŃÈŃ +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --path ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR ńèńòćìà ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR íèç ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR êîíôèăóđàöèîíćí_ôàéë ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR ïúò ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR ïđîăđàìà ] +.RB [ \-B +.IR áđàóçúđ ] +.RB [ \-H +.IR ïđîăđàìà_çà_HTML ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR ńïèńúê_îò_đàçäćëè ] +.RI [ đàçäćëè ] +.I "èìć ..." + +.SH ÎÏÈŃÀÍÈĆ +.B man +ôîđìàòèđà è èçâćæäà ńòđàíèöè îò ćëćêòđîííîòî đúêîâîäńòâî. +Àêî ć óêàçàí +.IR đàçäćë , +.B man +òúđńè ńàìî â òîçè đàçäćë íà đúêîâîäńòâîòî. +.I èìć +îáèêíîâćíî ć èìć íà ńòđàíèöà îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî, ò.ć. ïî +ïđèíöèï èìć íà êîìàíäà, ôóíêöèÿ èëè ôàéë. Àêî îáàść +.I èìć +ńúäúđæà íàêëîíćíà śćđòà +.RB ( / ), +.B man +, ăî âúçïđèćìà êàòî èìć íà ôàéë, òàêà ść ìîæćòć äà èçïúëíèòć +.B "man ./foo.5" +èëè äîđè +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +Ïî-íàäîëó ć îïèńàíî êúäć +.B man +òúđńè ńòđàíèöèòć îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî. + +.SH ÎÏÖÈÈ +.TP +.B \-\^C " êîíôèăóđàöèîíćí_ôàéë" +Óêàçâà êîé êîíôèăóđàöèîíćí ôàéë äà ńć èçïîëçâà. Ïîäđàçáèđà ńć +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Âèæòć +.BR man.conf (5)). +.TP +.B \-\^M " ńïèńúê_ń_ïúòèùà" +Ńïèńúê îò äèđćêòîđèè, đàçäćëćíè ń äâîćòîśèć, â êîèòî äà ńć +òúđńÿò ńòđàíèöè îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî. +Ïđàçćí ńïèńúê ć ńúùîòî êàòî äà íć ńć óêàæć +.BR \-M . +Âèæòć +.BR "ÏÚÒ ÇÀ ÒÚĐŃĆÍĆ ÍÀ ŃÒĐÀÍÈÖÈ ÎÒ ĐÚÊÎÂÎÄŃÒÂÎÒÎ" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " ïđîăđàìà" +Ïđîăđàìà, êîÿòî äà ńć ïîëçâà çà ïîêàçâàíć íà ńòđàíèöèòć. +Òàçè îïöèÿ ć ń ïî-âèńîê ïđèîđèòćò îò ïđîìćíëèâàòà íà ńđćäàòà +.BR MANPAGER , +êîÿòî ïúê ć ń ïî-âèńîê ïđèîđèòćò îò ïđîìćíëèâàòà +.BR PAGER . +Ïî ïîäđàçáèđàíć +.B man +èçïîëçâà +.BR "@pager@" . +.TP +.B \-\^B +Óêàçâà, êîÿ ïđîăđàìà çà đàçăëćæäàíć äà ńć èçïîëçâà çà ôàéëîâć ń HTML. +Òàçè îïöèÿ ć ń ïî-âèńîê ïđèîđèòćò îò ïđîìćíëèâàòà íà ńđćäàòà +.BR BROWSER . +Ïî ïîäđàçáèđàíć +.B man +èçïîëçâà +.BR @browser@ , +.TP +.B \-\^H +Óêàçâà ïđîăđàìàòà çà òćêńòîâî èçîáđàçÿâàíć íà ôàéëîâć ń HTML. +Òîçè îïöèÿ ć ń ïî-âèńîê ïđèîđèòćò îò ïđîìćíëèâàòà íà ńđćäàòà +.BR HTMLPAGER . +Ïî ïîäđàçáèđàíć +.B man +èçïîëçâà +.BR @htmlpager@ , +.TP +.B \-\^S " ńïèńúê_îò_đàçäćëè" +Ńïèńúê îò đàçäćëè, đàçäćëćíè ń äâîćòîśèć, â êîèòî äà ńć òúđńÿò +ńòđàíèöè îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî. Òàçè îïöèÿ ć ń ïî-âèńîê ïđèîđèòćò +îò ïđîìćíëèâàòà íà ńđćäàòà +.BR MANSECT . +.TP +.B \-\^a +Èçâćæäàíć íà âńèśêè íàìćđćíè ńòđàíèöè. +Ïî ïîäđàçáèđàíć +.B man +ïđèêëțśâà òúđńćíćòî ïđè íàìèđàíćòî íà ïúđâàòà ńòđàíèöà. +Śđćç òàçè îïöèÿ +.B man +ïđćòúđńâà âńèśêè ńòđàíèöè. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Ôîđìàòèđàíć íàíîâî íà îđèăèíàëíàòà ńòđàíèöà, äîđè àêî âćść +ńúùćńòâóâà àêòóàëíà, ăîòîâà ńòđàíèöà. +Òîâà èìà ńìèńúë, àêî ïđćäâàđèòćëíî ôîđìàòèđàíàòà ńòđàíèöà ć +ïîâđćäćíà èëè ôîđìàòèđàíà çà ćêđàí ń đàçëèśíà űèđèíà íà òćêńòà. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Íć ńć èçâćæäàò ńòđàíèöè, à äèàăíîńòèśíà èíôîđìàöèÿ çà èçïúëíćíèćòî íà +.BR man . +.TP +.B \-\^D +Èçâćæäàíć è íà ńòđàíèöèòć, è íà äèàăíîńòèśíà èíôîđìàöèÿ. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Ćêâèâàëćíò íà +.BR whatis . +.TP +.BR \-\^F " èëè " \-\-preformat +Ńàìî ôîđìàòèđàíć, áćç èçâćæäàíć. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Èçâćæäàíć íà ćäíîđćäîâî ïîìîùíî ńúîáùćíèć è èçőîä. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Ćêâèâàëćíò íà +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Òúđńćíć íà óêàçàí íèç âúâ *âńèśêè* ńòđàíèöè. Ïđćäóïđćæäćíèć: +òîâà íàé\-âćđîÿòíî ùć ć ìíîăî áàâíî, òàêà ść ć äîáđć ć äà ńć +óêàæć đàçäćë. (Çà äà ïđèäîáèćòć ïđćäńòàâà \- íà ìîÿòà ìàűèíà +òúđńćíćòî â 500 ńòđàíèöè îòíćìà îêîëî ìèíóòà). +.TP +.B \-\^m " ńèńòćìà" +Òúđńćíć â đàçëèśćí êîìïëćêò îò ńòđàíèöè, îòăîâàđÿùè íà óêàçàíàòà ńèńòćìà. +.TP +.B \-\^p " íèç" +Ńïèńúê îò êîìàíäè çà ïđćäâàđèòćëíà îáđàáîòêà, êîèòî äà ńć ńòàđòèđàò ïđćäè +.B nroff +èëè +.BR troff . +Íć âńèśêè ńèńòćìè đàçïîëàăàò ń ïúëćí íàáîđ îò ńđćäńòâà çà +ïđćäâàđèòćëíà îáđàáîòêà. Íÿêîè îò êîìàíäèòć çà ïđćäâàđèòćëíà +îáđàáîòêà è áóêâèòć, êîèòî ăè óêàçâàò ńà: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Òàçè îïöèÿ ć ń ïî-âèńîê ïđèîđèòćò îò ïđîìćíëèâàòà íà ńđćäàòà +.BR MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +Èçïîëçâàíć íà +.B @troff@ +çà ôîđìàòèđàíć íà ńòđàíèöàòà è èçïđàùàíć íà đćçóëòàòà íà ńòàíäàđòíèÿ èçőîä \- +.B stdout. +Âúçìîæíî ć äà ńć íàëîæè èçïîëçâàíćòî íà äîïúëíèòćëćí ôèëòúđ +ïđćäè ńòđàíèöàòà äà ńć îòïćśàòà. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRèëè\fP \-\-path +Íć ńć èçâćæäàò ńòđàíèöèòć, à ìćńòîíàőîæäćíèćòî íà ôàéëîâćòć, +êîèòî áèőà áèëè ôîđìàòèđàíè èëè èçâćäćíè. +Àêî íć ć óêàçàí àđăóìćíò, èçâćæäàíć (íà ńòàíäàđòíèÿ èçőîä) íà +äèđćêòîđèèòć, â êîèòî +.B man +òúđńè ńòđàíèöè îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî. +Àêî êîìàíäàòà +.B manpath +ńîśè êúì man, òî "manpath" ć ćêâèâàëćíò íà "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Êàòî \-\^w, íî èìćíàòà íà ôàéëîâćòć ńć èçâćæäàò ïî ćäèí íà +đćä è áćç äîïúëíèòćëíà èíôîđìàöèÿ. Èçïîëçâà ńć çà êîìàíäè â +êîìàíäćí èíòćđïđćòàòîđ êàòî +.ft CW +.BR "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" . +.ft + +.SH "ĂÎÒÎÂÈ ŃÒĐÀÍÈÖÈ" +Çà äà ńïćńòè âđćìćòî çà ôîđìàòèđàíćòî íà ńòđàíèöèòć, man ńć +îïèòâà äà ńúőđàíè ôîđìàòèđàíèòć ńòđàíèöè è âïîńëćäńòâèć äà +ăè èçïîëçâà ăîòîâè. Ïî òđàäèöèÿ ăîòîâèòć âćđńèè ("cat") íà +ńòđàíèöèòć îò ÄÈĐĆÊÒÎĐÈß/manX ńć ńúőđàíÿâàò â ÄÈĐĆÊÒÎĐÈß/catX, íî â +.BR @man_config_file@ +ìîæć äà ńć óêàæć äđóăè ńúîòâćòńòâèÿ. Ăîòîâèòć ńòđàíèöè íć ńć +ńúőđàíÿâàò, àêî íćîáőîäèìàòà çà òîâà äèđćêòîđèÿ ëèïńâà, +ôîđìàòèđàíèòć âćđńèè èçïîëçâàò űèđèíà íà òćêńòà đàçëèśíà îò +80 ńèìâîëà èëè man.conf ńúäúđæà äèđćêòèâàòà NOCACHE. +.PP +Âúçìîæíî ć ïđàâàòà çà ïîòđćáèòćë ïđè èçïúëíćíèć íà +.B man +äà ńć ïđèńâîÿò (suid) íà ïîòđćáèòćëÿ man. Òîăàâà, àêî äèđćêòîđèÿòà +çà ăîòîâèòć ńòđàíèöè ć ïđèòćæàâàíà îò ïîòđćáèòćëÿ man è èìà +ïđàâà çà äîńòúï 0755 (äîńòúïíà çà çàïèń ńàìî îò man), +è àêî ăîòîâèòć ôàéëîâć ńà ńúùî ïđèòćæàâàíè îò ïîòđćáèòćëÿ man +è èìàò ïđàâà çà äîńòúï 0644 èëè 0444 (äîńòúïíè çà çàïèń ńàìî +îò man èëè çàáđàíćíè çà çàïèń), íèêîé îáèêíîâćí ïîòđćáèòćë íć +ìîæć äà ïđîìćíÿ ăîòîâè ńòđàíèöè èëè äà ïîìćńòâà äđóăè ôàéëîâć +â äèđćêòîđèÿòà ń ăîòîâèòć ôàéëîâć. +Àêî ïđàâàòà ïđè èçïúëíćíèć íà +.B man +íć ńà ïđèńâîćíè (suid) íà ïîòđćáèòćëÿ man è âńèśêè ïîòđćáèòćëè +òđÿáâà äà ìîăàò äà ńúçäàâàò cat ńòđàíèöè, òî äèđćêòîđèèòć çà +ăîòîâèòć ôàéëîâć òđÿáâà äà ńà ń ïđàâà çà äîńòúï 0777. +.PP +Îïöèÿòà +.B \-c +çàäúëæèòćëíî ôîđìàòèđà íàíîâî îđèăèíàëíàòà ńòđàíèöà, äîđè àêî +ńúùćńòâóâà àêòóàëíà, ăîòîâà ńòđàíèöà. + +.SH "ŃÒĐÀÍÈÖÈ Ń HTML" +Man îòêđèâà ńòđàíèöè ń HTML, àêî òć ńà đàçïîëîæćíè â äèđćêòîđèè +ń èìć html ïëțń đàçűèđćíèć çà đàçäćë. +Ïîńëćäíîòî đàçűèđćíèć íà ôàéëîâćòć ńúń ńòđàíèöè òđÿáâà äà ć +".html". Ń äđóăè äóìè \- ïđàâèëíîòî èìć íà ńòđàíèöàòà îò +đúêîâîäńòâîòî çà êîìàíäàòà +.BR ls (1) +âúâ ôîđìàò HTML ć +.IR /usr/share/man/htmlman1/ls.1.html . + +.SH "ÏÚÒ ÇÀ ÒÚĐŃĆÍĆ ÍÀ ŃÒĐÀÍÈÖÈ ÎÒ ĐÚÊÎÂÎÄŃÒÂÎÒÎ" +.B man +èçïîëçâà ńëîæćí àëăîđèòúì çà òúđńćíć íà ńòđàíèöè îò +đúêîâîäńòâîòî, áàçèđàí íà ïîäàäćíèòć îïöèè, ïđîìćíëèâèòć íà +ńđćäàòà, êîíôèăóđàöèîííèÿ ôàéë +.B @man_config_file@ +è íÿêîè âăđàäćíè êîíâćíöèè. +.PP +Ïúđâî, àêî àđăóìćíòúò +.I èìć +ïîäàäćí íà +.B man +ńúäúđæà íàêëîíćíà śćđòà +.RB ( / ), +.B man +ăî âúçïđèćìà êàòî èìć íà ôàéë è íć ïđîâćæäà íèêàêâî òúđńćíć. +.PP + íîđìàëíèÿ ńëóśàé îáàść, êîăàòî +.I èìć +íć ńúäúđæà íàêëîíćíà śćđòà, +.B man +ïđćòúđńâà íÿêîëêî äèđćêòîđèè çà ôàéë, êîéòî áè ìîăúë äà ć +ńòđàíèöà îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî çà óêàçàíîòî +.IR èìć . +.PP +Àêî çàäàäćòć îïöèÿòà +.BI "-M " ïúò, +òî +.I ïúò +ć ńïèńúêúò îò äèđćêòîđèè, êîèòî +.B man +ïđćòúđńâà. +.PP +Àêî íć çàäàäćòć +.BR -M , +íî äàäćòć ńòîéíîńò íà ïđîìćíëèâàòà íà ńđćäàòà +.BR MANPATH , +òàçè ńòîéíîńò ć ńïèńúêúò îò äèđćêòîđèè đàçäćëćíè ń äâîćòîśèć, êîèòî +.B man +ïđćòúđńâà. +.PP +Àêî íć óêàæćòć ÿâćí ńïèńúê ń ïúòèùà çà òúđńćíć śđćç +.B -M +èëè +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +ńúńòàâÿ ńâîé ńîáńòâćí ńïèńúê îò äèđćêòîđèè çà òúđńćíć, áàçèđàí +íà ńúäúđæàíèćòî íà êîíôèăóđàöèîííèÿ ôàéë +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Äèđćêòèâèòć +.B MANPATH +â êîíôèăóđàöèîííèÿ ôàéë óêàçâàò îòäćëíèòć äèđćêòîđèè, êîèòî +äà ńć âêëțśàò â ïúòÿ çà òúđńćíć. +.PP +Îńâćí òîâà äèđćêòèâèòć +.B MANPATH_MAP +äîáàâÿò äèđćêòîđèè êúì ïúòÿ çà òúđńćíć íà ńòđàíèöè â çàâèńèìîńò +îò ńïèńúêà ń ïúòèùà çà òúđńćíć íà êîìàíäè, ò.ć. íà ïđîìćíëèâàòà íà ńđćäàòà +.BR PATH . +Çà âńÿêà äèđćêòîđèÿ, êîÿòî ć â ńïèńúêà çà òúđńćíć íà êîìàíäè, äèđćêòèâàòà +.B MANPATH_MAP +óêàçâà äèđćêòîđèÿ, êîÿòî äà áúäć äîáàâćíà êúì ïúòÿ çà +òúđńćíć íà ńòđàíèöè. +.B man +âçćìà ńòîéíîńòòà íà ïđîìćíëèâàòà +.B PATH +è äîáàâÿ ńúîòâćòíèòć äèđćêòîđèè êúì ïúòÿ çà òúđńćíć íà ńòđàíèöè. +Ïî òîçè íàśèí, ïđè ïđàâèëíî èçïîëçâàíć íà +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +êîăàòî èçïúëíèòć êîìàíäàòà +.BR "man xyz" , +ùć ïîëóśèòć ńòđàíèöàòà îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî çà ïđîăđàìàòà, êîÿòî +áè áèëà ńòàđòèđàíà, àêî ńć èçïúëíè êîìàíäàòà +.BR xyz . +.PP + äîïúëíćíèć, çà âńÿêà äèđćêòîđèÿ îò ńïèńúêà ń ïúòèùà çà +òúđńćíć íà êîìàíäè ("êîìàíäíà äèđćêòîđèÿ"), çà êîÿòî +.I ëèïńâà +äèđćêòèâà +.B MANPATH_MAP , +.B man +àâòîìàòèśíî òúđńè äèđćêòîđèÿ çà ńòđàíèöè íàáëèçî, ïî\-òîśíî ïîääèđćêòîđèÿ +íà êîìàíäíàòà äèđćêòîđèÿ èëè íà íćéíàòà đîäèòćëńêà äèđćêòîđèÿ. +.PP +Òúđńćíćòî íà äèđćêòîđèè íàáëèçî ìîæć äà ńć èçêëțśè ń äèđćêòèâàòà +.B NOAUTOPATH +â +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +Âúâ âńÿêà îò äèđćêòîđèèòć, îïèńàíè ïî\-ăîđć, +.B man +òúđńè ôàéë íàđćśćí +.IB èìć . đàçäćë\fR, +ń íćçàäúëæèòćëíî đàçűèđćíèć \- íîìćđà íà đàçäćëà è ćâćíòóàëíî +ń đàçűèđćíèć çà êîìïđćńèÿ. Àêî íć íàìćđè òàêúâ ôàéë, +.B man +òúđńè âúâ âńèśêè ïîääèđćêòîđèè, àêî èìà òàêèâà, ń èìćíà +.BI man N +èëè +.BI cat N\fR, +êúäćòî +.I N +ć íîìćđúò íà đàçäćëà íà đúêîâîäńòâîòî. +Àêî ôàéëúò ć â ïîääèđćêòîđèÿ +.BI cat N, +.B man +ïđèćìà, ść òîâà ć ôàéë ń ăîòîâà, ôîđìàòèđàíà ńòđàíèöà.  ïđîòèâćí ńëóśàé +.B man +ïđèćìà, ść ôàéëúò ć íćôîđìàòèđàí. È â äâàòà ńëóśàÿ, àêî èìćòî +íà ôàéëà çàâúđűâà ń èçâćńòíî íà +.B man +đàçűèđćíèć çà êîìïđćńèÿ, íàïđèìćđ +.BR .gz , +.B man +ïđèćìà, ść ôàéëúò ć êîìïđćńèđàí. +.PP +Àêî èńêàòć äà âèäèòć äàëè (èëè êúäć) +.B man +áè íàìćđèë äàäćíà ńòđàíèöà îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî, èçïîëçâàéòć îïöèÿòà +.BR "--path " ( -w ). + +.SH ŃĐĆÄÀ +.TP +.B MANPATH +Ïúò çà òúđńćíć íà ńòđàíèöè îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî. Òàçè ïđîìćíëèâà ć ń +ïî\-âèńîê ïđèîđèòćò îò êîíôèăóđàöèîííèÿ ôàéë è àâòîìàòèśíèÿ ïúò +çà òúđńćíć, íî ń ïî\-íèńúê îò îïöèÿòà +.BR -M . +Âèæòć +.BR "ÏÚÒ ÇÀ ÒÚĐŃĆÍĆ ÍÀ ŃÒĐÀÍÈÖÈ ÎÒ ĐÚÊÎÂÎÄŃÒÂÎÒÎ" . +.TP +.B MANPL +Äúëæèíà íà ńòđàíèöàòà. Àêî íć ć çàäàäćíà, öÿëàòà ńòđàíèöà îò +đúêîâîäńòâîòî çàćìà ćäíà ćäèíńòâćíà (äúëăà) ôîđìàòèđàíà ńòđàíèöà. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Íàáîđ îò êîìàíäè çà ïđćäâàđèòćëíà îáđàáîòêà, êîèòî äà ńć ńòàđòèđàò ïđćäè +.B nroff +èëè +.BR troff . +Ïî ïîäđàçáèđàíć, ïđćäè +.B nroff +ńòđàíèöèòć ńć îáđàáîòâàò ń tbl. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Íàáîđ îò đàçäćëè íà đúêîâîäńòâîòî, â êîèòî äà ńć òúđńè. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Űèđèíà íà ńòđàíèöàòà. Àêî íć ć çàäàäćíà ńć èçïîëçâà űèđîśèíàòà íà ćêđàíà. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Èìć íà ïđîăđàìà, ń êîÿòî ńòđàíèöèòć äà ńć +èçâćæäàò. Àêî íć ć çàäàäćíà, ńć ïîëçâà +.BR PAGER . +Àêî è òÿ íÿìà ńòîéíîńò, ïîëçâà ńć +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B BROWSER +Èìćòî íà ïđîăđàìàòà çà đàçăëćæäàíć íà ńòđàíèöè îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî âúâ ôîđìàò HTML. +Àêî íć ć çàäàäćíà, ńć èçïîëçâà @browser@. +.TP +.B HTMLPAGER +Êîìàíäàòà çà òćêńòîâî èçîáđàçÿâàíć íà ńòđàíèöèòć îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî ń HTML. +Àêî íć ć çàäàäćíà ńć èçïîëçâà @htmlpager@. +.TP +.B LANG +Ïîääèđćêòîđèÿ, â êîÿòî man íàé-íàïđćä òúđńè ńòđàíèöèòć îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî. +Òàêà êîìàíäàòà LANG=bg man 1 foo ùć íàêàđà man äà òúđńè ńòđàíèöàòà çà foo +ïúđâî â .../bg/man1/foo.1, è àêî íć ÿ íàìćđè òàì, â .../man1/foo.1 (... ć +äèđćêòîđèÿ îò ńïèńúêà ń ïúòèùà çà òúđńćíć). +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Ïđîìćíëèâèòć íà ńđćäàòà +.B NLSPATH +è +.B LC_MESSAGES +(èëè +.BR LANG , +àêî LC_MESSAGES íÿìà ńòîéíîńò) âëèÿÿò âúđőó íàìèđàíćòî íà êàòàëîăà ńúń +ńúîáùćíèÿ íà man (àíăëèéńêèòć ńúîáùćíèÿ ńà êîìïèëèđàíè â ńàìèÿ man è íć +èçèńêâàò êàòàëîă). +Çàáćëćæêà: ïđîăđàìè, âèêàíè ńëóæćáíî îò man, íàïđèìćđ +.BR col(1) , +ńúùî èçïîëçâàò LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +Ïîìàăà äà ńć ńúńòàâè ńïèńúêúò ń ïúòèùà çà òúđńćíć íà ńòđàíèöè îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî. Âèæòć +.BR "ÏÚÒ ÇÀ ÒÚĐŃĆÍĆ ÍÀ ŃÒĐÀÍÈÖÈ ÎÒ ĐÚÊÎÂÎÄŃÒÂÎÒÎ" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +Ïîäđàçáèđàùî ńć èìć íà đàçëèśíà ńèńòćìà çà îïöèÿòà +.BR \-m . +.SH ĂĐĆŰÊÈ +Îïöèÿòà +.B \-t +đàáîòè, ńàìî àêî ć èíńòàëèđàíà ïđîăđàìàòà troff èëè ïîäîáíà. +.br +Àêî âèæäàòć âèæäàòć (ìèăàùî) \e255 èëè <AD> âìćńòî òèđćòà, +çàäàéòć â îáêđúæćíèćòî LESSCHARSET=latin1. +.SH ÏÎËĆÇÍÈ ŃÚÂĆÒÈ +Àêî äîáàâèòć đćäà + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +êúì âàűèÿ ôàéë +.IR .emacs +, íàòèńêàíćòî íà F1 ùć âè äàâà ńòđàíèöà ń ïîìîù çà áèáëèîòćśíàòà +ôóíêöèÿ, íà êîÿòî ć ïîçèöèîíèđàí êóđńîđà. +.LP +Çà äà ïîëóśèòć śèńòî òćêńòîâà âćđńèÿ íà ńòđàíèöà îò đúêîâîäńòâîòî, +áćç îáđàòíè íàêëîíćíè śćđòè è ïîäśćđòàâàíèÿ, èçïîëçâàéòć: + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt + +.SH "ÀÂÒÎĐ/ÏÎÄÄĐÚÆÊÀ" +Ïúđâîíàśàëíèÿò àâòîđ íà +.BR man +ć John W. Eaton. Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> îńúùćńòâÿâà òćêóùî ïîääđúæêàòà íà ïàêćòà. +.SH ÏĐĆÂÎÄ +Äèìèòúđ Æćêîâ, Àëćêńàíäúđ Űîïîâ <ash@contact.bg> +.SH "ÂÈÆÒĆ ŃÚÙÎ" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR whatis(1), +.BR less(1), +.BR groff(1), +.BR man.conf(5). diff --git a/man/bg/whatis.man b/man/bg/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..def4539 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/bg/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Translated by Dimitar Zhekov <jimmy@is-vn.bg>, 2002. +.\" Translated by Alexander Shopov <ash@contact.bg>, 2005. +.TH whatis 1 "5 ÿíóàđè 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH ÈÌĆ +whatis \- òúđńćíć íà öćëè äóìè â áàçàòà îò äàííè íà whatis +.SH ŃÈÍÒÀÊŃÈŃ +.BI whatis +êëțśîâà_äóìà ... +.SH ÎÏÈŃÀÍÈE +whatis òúđńè êëțśîâè äóìè âúâ ôàéëîâćòć íà áàçàòà îò äàííè, +ńúäúđæàùè êđàòêè îïèńàíèÿ íà ńèńòćìíèòć êîìàíäè, è èçâćæäà +đćçóëòàòà íà ńòàíäàđòíèÿ èçőîä. +Èçâćæäàò ńć ńàìî íàìćđćíèòć öćëè äóìè. + +Áàçàòà îò äàííè íà whatis ńć ńúçäàâà ń êîìàíäàòà @makewhatis@. +.SH "ÀÂÒÎĐ/ÏÎÄÄĐÚÆÊÀ" +Ïúđâîíàśàëíèÿò àâòîđ íà +.BR man +ć John W. Eaton. Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> îńúùćńòâÿâà òćêóùî ïîääđúæêàòà íà ïàêćòà. +.SH ÏĐĆÂÎÄ +Äèìèòúđ Æćêîâ, Àëćêńàíäúđ Űîïîâ <ash@contact.bg> +.SH "ÂÈÆÒĆ ŃÚÙÎ" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1). diff --git a/man/cs.txt b/man/cs.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d94d829 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/cs.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +czech diff --git a/man/cs/apropos.man b/man/cs/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..186702a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/cs/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Autorem èeského pűekladu je Pavel JANÍK ml. +.\" Pavel.JANIK@inet.cz +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "7. ledna, 1997" +.LO 1 +.SH JMÉNO +apropos \- hledej űetìzec v databázi whatis +.SH SYNTAXE +.BI apropos +slovo ... +.SH POPIS +apropos prohledává databázi obsahující krátkę popis systémovęch pűíkazù na +vęskyt `slova' a vęsledek zobrazí na standardní vęstup. +.SH "VIZ TÉź" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/cs/man.conf.man b/man/cs/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2267052 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/cs/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Autorem èeského pűekladu je Pavel JANÍK ml. +.\" Pavel.JANIK@inet.cz +.\" +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "7. ledna, 1997" +.SH JMÉNO +man.conf \- konfiguraèní soubor pro man +.SH POPIS +.LP +Tento soubor je èten programem +.BR man (1) +a obsahuje (a) informace o tom, kde hledat manuálové stránky, +(b) plná jména dalčích preprocesorù jako nroff, eqn, tbl atd. pouŸívanęch +programem man a (c) seznam komprimovacích programù a jimi specifikovanęch +pűípon. UŸivatelská verze tohoto souboru mùŸe bęt specifikována takto: +.LP +.RS +man -C soukromę_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Jména pűíkazù mohou bęt uvedena na pűíkazové űádce. +UŸiteèné volby pro nroff mohou bęt nalezeny v grotty(1). +Napű. místo standardní űádky +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +mùŸete napsat +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +coŸ zpùsobí, Ÿe znaky nebudou podtrŸené a pűečkrtnuté. +.SH "VIZ TÉź" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/cs/man.man b/man/cs/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..085136c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/cs/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" Autorem èeského pűekladu je Pavel JANÍK ml. +.\" Pavel.JANIK@inet.cz +.\" +.TH man 1 "7. ledna, 1997" +.LO 1 +.SH JMÉNO +man \- zformátuje a zobrazí on-line manuálové stránky +.br +manpath \- zobrazí manuálové cesty uŸivatele +.SH SYNTAXE +man [\-acdfhkKtwW] [\-m systém] [\-p űetìzec] [\-C konfiguraèní soubor] [\-M cesta] +[\-P stránkovaè] [\-S seznam_sekcí] [sekce] jméno ... +.SH POPIS +.B man +zformátuje a zobrazí on-line manuálové stránky. Tato verze umí pracovat s +promìnnęmi prostűedí +.B MANPATH +a +.BR (MAN)PAGER , +proto mùŸete mít i vlastní +manuálové stránky a vlastní program urèenę ke stránkování zformátovanęch +manuálovęch stránek. +Je-li specifikována +.I sekce +.B man +hledá danou stránku pouze v této sekci. +Samozűejmì mùŸete také specifikovat poűadí sekcí, které budou prohledávány a +také mùŸete pűímo na pűíkazové űádce nebo promìnnęmi prostűedí urèit, které +preprocesory budou pűi formátování stránek pouŸity. +Obsahuje-li +.I jméno +znak /, je prvnì vyzkoučeno jako jméno souboru, proto mùŸete udìlat nìco +jako +.B "man ./nìco.5" +nebo +.B "man /cédéèko/nìco/nìco_jiného.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.SH VOLBY +.TP +.B \-\^C " konfiguraèní_soubor" +Specifikujete jinę konfiguraèní soubor. Standardní je +@man_config_file@. (Viz téŸ man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " cesta" +Specifikuje seznam manuálovę cest (zde jsou hledány manuálové stránky). +Není-li tato volba specifikována, je pouŸita promìnná prostűedí +.B MANPATH +. JestliŸe ani ona neexistuje, jsou manuálové cesty pűevzaty ze souboru +@man_config_file@. +.TP +.B \-\^P " stránkovaè" +Specifikuje stránkovaè, kteręm budou stránky prohlíŸeny. +Tato volba má pűednost pűed +.B MANPAGER +, která má pűednost pűed +.B PAGER . +Standardní stránkovaè je +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " seznam_sekcí" +Seznam_sekcí je èárkami oddìlenę seznam sekcí manuálovęch stránek. +Tato volba má pűednost pűed promìnnou prostűedí +.B MANSECT . +.TP +.B \-\^a +Standardní nastavení ukonèí man poté, co zobrazí první nalezenou manuálovou +stránku. Tato volba umoŸní zobrazit včechny nalezené stránky, které vyhovují +zadanęm kritériùm. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Zformátuj zdroj manuálové stránky i kdyŸ existuje jiŸ zformátovaná verze. +Tato volba je vęznamná. je-li zformátovaná stránka prohlíŸena na obrazovce s +jinęm poètem sloupcù. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Nezobrazuj zformátovanou stránku, pouze vytiskni ladící informace. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Zobraz ladící informace i zformátovanou stránku. +.TP +.B \-\^f +TotéŸ co +.B whatis. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Vytiskni krátkou pomoc a skonèi. +.TP +.B \-\^k +TotéŸ co +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^K +Hledej specifikovanę űetìze ve *včech* manuálovęch stránkách. Varování: tato +funkce je pravdìpodobnì velmi pomalá! Specifikujete-li sekci, bude to +rychlejčí. (Jen pro zajímavost, na mém poèítaèi to trvá pűibliŸnì minutu na +500 stránek). +.TP +.B \-\^m " systém" +Specifikuje jinou sadu manuálovęch stránek závislou na zadaném systému. +.TP +.B \-\^p " űetìzec" +Specifikuje poűadí preprocesorù pűed nroff nebo troff. Ne včechny instalace +mají plnou sadu preprocesorù. Nìkteré preprocesory a písmena pouŸívaná pro +jejich spoučtìní: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Tato volba má pűednost pűed promìnnou prostűedí +.B MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +PouŸij +.B @troff@ +k formátování stránky a vęstup zobraz na +.B stdout. +Vęstup z +.B @troff@ +je tűeba pűed tiskem poslat pűes nìjaké filtry. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRnebo\fP \-\-path +Nezobrazuj manuálové stránky, pouze vytiskni cestu(y) souborù, které bys +zobrazil. Není-li zadán Ÿádnę argument: zobraz (na standardní vęstup) seznam +adresáűù, které jsou programem +.B man +hledány. Je-li +.B manpath +link na man, potom je manpath totoŸné s "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Podobné jako \-\^w, ale tiskne jména souborù po jednom na űádek bez dalčích +informací. To je uŸiteèné pro pűíkazy shellu jako napű. +.ft CW +man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft + +.SH "ZFORMÁTOVANÉ STRÁNKY" +Man se snaŸí ukládat jiŸ zformátované manuálové stránky, aby učetűil pűi +jejich pűíčtím zobrazení èas. Tradiènì se zformátované stránky z +DIR/manX ukládají do DIR/catX, ale jiná mapování z manuálového adresáűe na +adresáű zformátovanęch stránek je moŸné specifikovat v souboru +@man_config_file@. Neexistuje-li adresáű zformátovanęch stránek, nejsou +ukládány Ÿádné zformátované stránky. +Je moŸné nechat man suid pro uŸivatele man. Potom, je-li majitel adresáűe +zformátovanęch stránek man a mód je 0755 (zapisovat mùŸe pouze vlastník), a +zformátované stránky mají mód 0644 nebo 0444 (zapisovat mùŸe buï jenom +majitel nebo vùbec nikdo), nemùŸe normální uŸivatel zmìnit zformátované +stránky nebo umístit do adresáűe zformátovanęch stránek jiné soubory. +Není-li man suid, potom by mìl mít adresáű zformátovanęch stránek mód 0777 +aby zde mohli včichni uŸivatelé zanechat jiű zformátované stránky. + +Volba -c zpùsobí reformátování stránky i kdyŸ jiŸ existuje zformátovaná +stránka. + +.SH PROSTŰEDÍ +.TP +.B MANPATH +Je-li nastavena promìnná +.B MANPATH +, její hodnota je vyuŸívána ke hledání zformátovanęch stránek. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Je-li nastavena promìnná prostűedí +.B MANROFFSEQ +je její hdnota vyuŸita pro urèení poűadí spoučtìní preprocesorù pűed +nroff nebo troff. Standardnì jsou stránky formátovány prvnì tabulkovęm +procesorem a teprve poté nroffem. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Je-li nastvane promìnná prostűedí +.B MANSECT +je její hodnota vyuŸita k urèení sekcí, které budou prohledávány. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Je-li nastavena promìnná prostűedí +.B MANWIDTH +, tak její hodnota urèuje poèet sloupcù, na které bude stránka zformátována. +Jinak bude stránka zformátována na číűku obrazovky. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Je-li nastavena promìnná prostűedí +.B MANPAGER +její obsah urèuje stránkovaè, kterę bude pouŸit pűi zobrazení zformátované +stránky. Není-li nastavena, je pouŸita promìnná +.B PAGER . +není-li ani tato promìnná nastavena, pouŸije se +.B @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +Je-li nastavena promìnná prostűedí +.B LANG +její hodnota definuje podadresáű, ve kterém budou hledány stránky. +Potom pűíkaz `LANG=cz man 1 manuálová_stránka' +zobrazí stránku .../cz/man1/manuálová_stránka.1, nebo +.../man1/manuálová_stránka.1, kde ... je adresáű v manuálové cestì. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Promìnné prostűedí +.B NLSPATH +a +.B LC_MESSAGES +(nebo +.B LANG +jestliŸe pűedchozí neexistují) +hrají roli pűi hledání katalogu zpráv. +(Anglické zprávy jsou zkompilovány a není pro nì tűeba katalogu.) +Dejte pozor na to, Ÿe programy jako col (1) volané programem man pouŸívají +napű. LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +je pouŸívána pűi sestavení starndardní manuálové cesty. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +je pouŸívána ke zjičtìní standardního jména systému (pro pouŸití s volbou +.B \-m +). +.SH "VIZ TÉź" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH CHYBY +Volba +.B \-t +je funkèní pouze, je-li instalován program podobnę programu troff. +.br +Uvidíte-li blikající \e255 nebo <AD> místo oddìlovátek, +umístìte `LESSCHARSET=latin1' do Vačeho prostűedí. diff --git a/man/cs/whatis.man b/man/cs/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b3dfc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/cs/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Autorem èeského pűekladu je Pavel JANÍK ml. +.\" Pavel.JANIK@inet.cz +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "7. ledna 1997" +.LO 1 +.SH JMÉNO +whatis \- hledej celá slova v databázi whatis +.SH SYNTAXE +.BI whatis +slovo ... +.SH POPIS +whatis prohledává databázi obsahující krátkę popis systémovęch pűíkazù na +vęskyt `slova' a vęsledek zobrazí na standardní vęstup. Jsou včak zobrazena +pouze slova, která kompletnì vyhovìla. + +Databáze whatis je vytvoűena spučtìním programu @makewhatis@. +.SH "VIZ TÉź" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/da.txt b/man/da.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa723bb --- /dev/null +++ b/man/da.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +danish diff --git a/man/da/apropos.man b/man/da/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..560b6bd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/da/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" edited and translated to danish by Bo Vagner Hoejer 1996 +.\" email bo@petshop.ping.dk - bo@image.dk +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "15. Januar 1991" "da" "Linux brugerkommandoer" +.LO 1 +.SH NAVN +apropos \- gennemsűg 'whatis' databasen for tekststrenge +.SH SYNTAKS +.BI apropos +nűgleord ... +.SH BESKRIVELSE +apropos gennemsűger et set af databasefiler, som indeholder korte beskrivelser +af systemets kommandoer, efter nűgleordet og udskriver resultatet paa standard +udskriftsenheden. +.SH "SE OGSĆ" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/da/man.conf.man b/man/da/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26f4fc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/da/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" +.\" edited and translated to danish by Bo Vagner Hoejer 1996 +.\" email bo@petshop.ping.dk - bo@image.dk +.\" +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Marts 1994" "da" "Linux filformater" +.SH NAVN +man.conf \- konfigurationsfil for manual kommandoen +.SH BESKRIVELSE +.LP +Denne fil bliver læst af +.BR man (1) +og indeholder (a) information om hvordan sűgestien for 'man' konstrueres, +(b) den fulde sti til programmer som bruges af 'man' f.eks. nroff, eqn, tbl +etc. og (c) en liste over udpakkeprogrammer til filer med en given endelse. +En alternativ version af denne fil kan specifiseres med +.LP +.RS +man -C privat_manual.konfiguration ... +.RE +.LP +Programnavne kan angives med parametre. Nyttige parametre til nroff er +beskrevet pć +.BR grotty (1) +manualsiden. Eksempelvis kan standardlinien +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +erstattes med +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +med det formćl at forhindre understregning og fed skrift. +.SH "SE OGSĆ" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) og compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/da/man.man b/man/da/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da5f28f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/da/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" edited and translated to danish by Bo Vagner Hoejer 1996 +.\" email bo@petshop.ping.dk +.\" +.TH man 1 "2. September 1995" "da" "Linux brugerkommandoer" +.LO 1 +.SH NAVN +man \- formaterer og viser online manual siderne +.br +manpath \- udskriver brugerens sűgesti for manual siderne +.SH SYNTAKS +man [\-acdfhkKtwW] [\-m system] [\-p streng] [\-C konfigurationsfil] [\-M sti] +[\-P pager] [\-S kapitelliste] [kapitel] opslagsord ... +.SH BESKRIVELSE +.B man +formaterer og viser online manual siderne. Denne version genkender +.B MANPATH +og +.B (MAN)PAGER +variablerne, sć du kan derfor fastsætte dit personlige +set manual sider og vælge hvilket program du fortrækker til at vise de formaterede +sider med. Hvis +.I kapitel +er angivet vil +.B man +kun gennemsűge dette kapitel af manualen. +Man kan ogsć angive hvilken rækkefűlge kapitlerne gennemsűges for opslag i +og hvilke preprocessore, som kűres pć kildeteksten, via kommandolinie parametre +eller skalvariabler. +Hvis +.I opslagsordet +indeholder en skrćstreg ('/') bliver det fűrst testet som et filnavn, +sć man kan anfűre +.I "man ./foo.5" +eller selv +.I "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.SH PARAMETRE +.TP +.B \-\^C " konfigurations_fil" +Angiver hvilken konfigurations_fil som bruges. Normalt anvendes +@man_config_file@. (Se man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " sti" +Angiver hvilke kataloger som gennemsűges efter manualsider. +Hvis en sćdan parameter ikke er angivet bruges skalvariablen +.BR MANPATH . +Hvis ingen sćdan skalvariabel findes, konsulteres +.I @man_config_file@ +for at opbygge en standardliste. +Hvis MANPATH indeholder et tom delstreng bruges standardlisten. +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +Angiver hvilket 'pager' program, som skal bruges. +Denne parameter tilsidesætter +.B MANPAGER +skalvariablen, som igen overskygger +.B PAGER +variablen. Normalt bruger 'man' +.IR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " kapitel_liste" +Kapitel_liste er en kolon sepereret liste af kapiteller +som skal gennemsűges. +Denne parameter tilsidesætter +.B MANSECT +skalvariablen. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Normalt vil man afslutte efter visning af den fűrste fundne manualside +Brug af denne parameter tvinger 'man' til ikke kun at vise den fűrst fundne +side, men alle sider der matcher +.BR opslagsord . +.TP +.B \-\^c +Reformater kildesiden, selvom der findes en preformateret side, +som er up to date. +Denne mulighed bruges, hvis for eksempel manualsiden er preformateret +til en skærm med en anden bredde end den, man aktuelt anvender. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Siden vises ikke; men der udskrives adskillige fejlfindingsinformationer +i stedet. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Udskiver bćde siden og fejlfindingsinformation. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Ækvivalent med +.B whatis. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Udskriv en kort hjælpetekst og afslut programmet. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Ækvivalent med +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^K +Gennemsűger *alle* manualsiderne efter den angivne streng. Advarsel: det +kan godt gć meget langsomt. Det hjæper at specifisere et kapitel. Pć +en typisk maskine tager det omkring 1 minut at gennemsűge 500 manualsider. +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +System angiver et alternativt set manualsider. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +Angiver den sekvens af preprocessore som kűres fűr nroff eller troff. +Ikke alle installationer har et fuldt set preprocessore. +Bogstaverne som betegner nogle af preprocessorene er: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Denne parameter tilsidesætter +.B MANROFFSEQ +skalvariablen. +.TP +.B u-\^t +Brug +.B @troff@ +til formattering af manualside, uddata sendes til +.B stdout. +Uddata fra +.B @troff@ +mć muligvis viderebearbejdes gennem et filter fűr udskrift. +.TP +.BR \-\^w or \-\-path +Manualsiderne vises ikke, men findestedet for filerne ,som ville blive +formateret eller vist, udskrives. Hvis ingen argumenter er angivet +udskrives hvilke kataloger som +.B man +gennemsűger efter manualsider. +Hvis +.B manpath +er et link til man, sć er 'manpath' ækvivalent med 'man --path'. +.TP +.B \-\^W +Som \-\^w, men udskriver filnavne en per linie, uden yderligere information. +Dette er smart i skal kommandoer sćsom +.ft CW +man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft + +.SH "PREFORMATEREDE SIDER" +.B man +vil prűve pć at gemme de formaterede manualsider, for at spare +formatteringstid næste gang der er brug for siderne. +Traditionelt bliver de formatterede sider fra KATALOG/manX gemt i +KATALOG/catX, men rute fra manual kataloget til preformat kataloget +kan angives i +.I @man_config_file@. +Ingen preformaterede sider bliver gemt, hvis det forlangte katalog ikke eksisterer. +.TP +Det er muligt at sætte 'man' suid til bruger man. Hvis cat kataloget har ejer +man og tilgangsrettighed 0755 (kum skrivetilladelse for man), +og cat-filerne har ejer man og tilgangsrettighed 0644 eller 0444 +(kun skrivetilladelse for man, eller ingen skriveltilladelse overhovedet), +kan ingen ordinær bruger ændre de preformaterede sider eller +anbringe andre filer i katalog for preformaterede sider. +Hvis 'man' ikke er suid, skal kataloget for preformaterede sider have +tilgangrettighed 0777 hvis alle brugere skal have mulighed for at gemme +preformaterede sider. +.TP +Parameteren -c gennemtvinger reformattering af en side, +selvom en frisk preformateret side eksisterer. + + +.SH SKALVARIABLE +.TP +.B MANPATH +Hvis +.B MANPATH +er sat, bruges dens værdi som sűgesti til manualsiderne. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Hvis +.B MANROFFSEQ +is sat, bruges dennes værdi til at bestemme hvilke preprocessore som +gennemkűres fűr nroff eller troff. Normalt bliver siderne sendt gennem +tabel preprocessoren fűr nroff. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Hvis +.B MANSECT +er sat, bruges dens værdi til at fastsætte hvilken manualsektioner +som gennemsűges. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Hvis +.B MANWIDTH +is sat, bruges dens værdi; som den brede manualsiderne bliver vist med. +Hvis ikke +.B MANWIDTH +er sat, bruges hele skærmens bredde. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Hvis +.B MANPAGER +is sat, anvendes dets værdi som navnet pć det program som bruges til at vise +manualsiderne med. Hvis ikke sć bruges +.BR PAGER . +Hvis denne heller ikke har nogen værdi bruges +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +Hvis +.B LANG +er sat, bruges dets værdi til at definere i hvilket underkatalog man +fűrst kigger efter manualsider. Sćledes vil kommandoen `LANG=da man 1 foo' +fć man til at lede efter foo manualsiden i .../da/man1/foo.1, +og hvis der ikke kan finde en sćdan fil fortsættes der i .../man1/foo.1, +hvor ... er et katalog pć sűgestien. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Skalvariablerne +.B NLSPATH +og +.B LC_MESSAGES +(eller +.B LANG +nćr den sidste ikke findes) +spiller en rolle i at lokalisere meddelelses kataloget. +(Engelske meddelelser er oversat direkte ind i programmet, +sć derfor behűves intet katalog.) +Bemærk at nogle programmer, sć som col(1), kaldt af man ogsć bruger LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B STI +.B STI +bliver brugt til konstruktion af den normale sűgesti for manualsiderne. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +bliver brugt til at angive et andet system navn med (for brug +med +.B \-m +parametren). +.SH "SE OGSĆ" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH FEJL +.B \-t +parametren virker kun, hvis der er installeret et troff-lignende program. diff --git a/man/da/whatis.man b/man/da/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d57b74 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/da/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" edited and translated to danish by Bo Vagner Hoejer 1996 +.\" email bo@petshop.ping.dk - bo@image.dk +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "5. Januar 1991" "da" "Linux brugerkommandoer" +.LO 1 +.SH NAVN +whatis \- gennemsűg 'whatis' databasen efter komplette ord. +.SH SYNTAKS +.BI whatis +nűgleord ... +.SH BESKRIVELSE +whatis gennemsűger et set af databasefiler, som indeholder korte beskrivelser +af systemets kommandoer, efter nűgleordet og udskriver resultatet paa standard +udskriftsenheden. Kun ord der matcher fuldstændigt bliver vist. + +whatis databasen oprettes ved at anvende kommandoen @makewhatis@. +.SH "SE OGSĆ" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/de.txt b/man/de.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b518853 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +german diff --git a/man/de/README b/man/de/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2be681b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de/README @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +These german man pages were contributed by Jochen Hein. + +#From hein@centeotl.in.tu-clausthal.de Tue May 31 08:52:20 1994 +#To: Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl +#Subject: Re: man-1.3 +#From: Hein@student.tu-clausthal.de (Jochen Hein) diff --git a/man/de/apropos.man b/man/de/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..958f10f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Übersetzt von Jochen Hein ( Hein@Student.tu-clausthal.de ) +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Jan 15, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +apropos \- durchsucht die whatis Datenbank nach Zeichenketten +.SH SYNTAX +.BI apropos +keyword ... +.SH BESCHREIBUNG +apropos durchsucht eine Reihe von Datenbank-Dateien, die kurze Beschreibungen +von System-Kommandos enthalten, nach Schlüsselworten und zeigt das Ergebnis +auf der Standard-Ausgabe an. +.SH "SIEHE AUCH" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/de/man.conf.man b/man/de/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66ee564 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Mar 1994" +.SH NAME +man.conf \- Konfigurationsdatei für man +.SH BESCHREIBUNG +.LP +Diese Datei wird von +.BR man (1) +gelesen und enthält (a) Informationen darüber, wie der Such-Pfad für man +aufgebaut wird, (b) den vollständigen Namen (inclusive Pfad) von diversen +Programmen wie nroff, eqn, tbl etc, die von man aufgerufen werden und (c) +eine Liste mit Auspack-Programmen für Dateien mit speziellen Erweiterungen. +Eine alternative Version dieser Datei benutzt werden mit +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Die Programm-Namen können mit Optionen angegeben werden. Nützliche Optionen +für roff sind in grotty(1) beschrieben. Zum Beispiel könnte man statt +des Default-Kommandos +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tascii +.fi +.RE +.LP +den Befehl +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tascii -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +verwenden, um Unterstreichungen und Überschreiben zu verhindern. +.SH "SIEHE AUCH" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). + + + diff --git a/man/de/man.man b/man/de/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..57681d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" Translated into german by Jochen Hein ( Hein@Student.TU-Clausthal.de ) +.\" and Ralf W. Stephan ( ralf@franken.de ). +.\" +.TH man 1 "2. September 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +man \- Formatieren und Anzeigen von Seiten des Online-Handbuches (man pages) +.br +manpath \- Anzeigen des Benutzer-eigenen Suchpfades für Seiten des Online-Handbuches (man pages) +.SH SYNTAX +man [\-acdfhktw] [\-m system] [\-p string] [\-C config_file] [\-M path] +[\-P pager] [\-S section_list] [section] name ... +.SH BESCHREIBUNG +.B man +formatiert Seiten aus dem Online-Handbuch und zeigt diese an. +Diese Version unterstützt die +.B MANPATH +und +.B (MAN)PAGER +Umgebungsvariablen, so daß +Sie ihre eigenen man pages verwenden können und selbst wählen können, welches +Programm die formatierten Seiten anzeigen soll. Wenn der Parameter +.I section +angegeben wird, so sucht +.B man +nur in dieser Sektion des Handbuchs. +Sie können auch mit Hilfe von Kommando-Zeilen-Optionen oder Umgebungsvariablen +die Reihenfolge angeben, in der die Sektionen nach +Einträgen durchsucht werden und welche zusätzlichen Programme +die Quelltexte bearbeiten sollen. +Wenn der Parameter +.I name +das Zeichen / enthält, dann wird zunächst versucht, diese Datei zu +bearbeiten. Damit können Sie z.B. +.B "man ./foo.5" +oder auch +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz" +eingeben. +.SH OPTIONEN +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +bestimmt welche man.conf-Datei als Steuerdatei verwendet wird. +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +bestimmt eine Liste von Verzeichnissen, die nach Handbuch-Seiten durchsucht +werden. Wenn diese Option nicht angegeben ist, so wird die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANPATH +benutzt. Ist diese Variable nicht gesetzt, so wird diese Liste aus der +Datei man.conf erstellt. +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +bestimmt welches Programm zur Anzeige der Handbuch-Seiten benutzt wird. +Als default benutzt man +.B @pager@ +Diese Option überschreibt die Umgebungsvariable +.B PAGER +.TP +.B \-\^S " section_list" +ist eine durch Doppelpunkte getrennte Liste von Handbuch-Sektionen, die +nach Handbuch-Seiten durchsucht werden soll. +Diese Option überschreibt die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANSECT +.TP +.B \-\^a +Als Default wird +.B man +beendet, nachdem es die erste Handbuchseite angezeigt +hat, die gefunden wurde. Diese Option weist +.B man +an, alle Handbuch-Seiten anzuzeigen, die zu +.B name, +passen, nicht nur die erste. +.TP +.B \-\^d +zeigt nicht die Handbuch-Seiten an, sondern gibt etliche Informationen +zur Fehlersuche aus. +.TP +.B \-\^f +ist äquivalent zu +.BR whatis . +.TP +.B \-\^h +gibt eine (einzeilige) Hilfe aus und beendet +.BR man . +.TP +.B \-\^k +ist äquivalent zu +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Suche in *allen* Manualseiten nach dem angegebenen Schlüsselwort. Achtung: +Die Suche dauert möglicherweise sehr lange! Die Angabe der Sektion +beschleunigt die Suche. (Als groben Richtwert für die Suche kann man +ca. eine Minute für 500 Manualseiten ansetzen.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +bestimmt eine andere Menge von Handbuch-Seiten, die aufgrund des +angegebenen System-Namen durchsucht werden sollen. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +bestimmt die Abfolge von Präprozessoren, die vor nroff oder troff +gestartet werden sollen. Nicht alle Installationen verfügen über alle +Präprozessoren. Einige der Präprozessoren und die dafür verwendeten +Buchstaben sind: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Diese Option überschreibt die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANROFFSEQ +.TP +.B \-\^t +benutzt +.B @troff@ +um die Handbuch-Seite zu formatieren und leitet die Ausgabe weiter nach +.B stdout. +Die Ausgabe von +.B @troff@ +muß möglicherweise durch einen Filter weiterbearbeitet werden, bevor +sie gedruckt werden kann. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +die Handbuchseiten werden nicht angezeigt, sondern die Fundorte der Seiten, +die formatiert oder angezeigt würden. Wenn kein Argument angegeben wurde, +wird die Liste der Verzeichnisse ausgegeben, die von +.B man +nach Handbuch-Seiten durchsucht werden. Wenn +.B manpath +ein Link zu man ist, dann ist "manpath" äquivalent zu "man --path". + +.SH ENVIRONMENT +.TP +.B MANPATH +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANPATH +gesetzt ist, dann wird dieser Wert als Suchpfad für Handbuch-Seiten +verwendet. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANROFFSEQ +gesetzt ist, dann wird dieser Wert benutzt um die Präprozessoren zu bestimmen, +die aufgerufen werden sollen, bevor die Handbuch-Seite mit nroff oder troff +bearbeitet wird. Standardmäßig werden Handbuch-Seiten durch den Tabellen +Präprozessor bearbeitet bevor nroff gestartet wird. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANSECT +gesetzt ist, dann bestimmt dieser Wert welche Handbuch-Sektionen durchsucht +werden sollen. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B MANWIDTH +gesetzt ist, dann beschreibt deren Wert die Breite auf der die +Handbuch-Seite angezeigt werden soll. Ansonsten wird die Seite u.U. +über die gesamte Breite des Bildschirmes gezogen. +.TP +.B PAGER +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B PAGER +gesetzt ist, so wird dieser Wert als Name des Programms benutzt, mit dem +die Handbuch-Seiten angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig wird +.B @pager@ +verwendet. +.TP +.B LANG +Wenn die Umgebungsvariable +.B LANG +gesetzt ist, gibt ihr Inhalt den Namen des Unterverzeichnisses +an, wo zuerst nach der Handbuch-Seite gesucht werden soll. +So zB bewirkt der Shell-Befehl `LANG=dk man 1 foo', daß +.B man +zuerst in ...dk/man1/foo.1 nach der Handbuchseite für 'foo' sucht, und +wenn es dort nicht fündig wird, dann in ...man1/foo.1, wobei '...' +ein Verzeichnis aus dem Suchpfad bedeutet. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Die Umgebungsvariablen +.B NLSPATH +und +.B LC_MESSAGES +(oder +.B LANG +falls erstere nicht existiert) spielen bei der Suche nach dem Message +Katalog eine Rolle (englische Messages sind fest einkompiliert, daher +ist auch kein Katalog für sie notwendig). Beachten Sie, daß auch +Programme wie +.B col(1), +das von +.B man +aufgerufen wird, noch zusätzliche Variablen wie LC_CTYPE benutzen. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +wird bei der Konstruktion des vorgegebenen Suchpfades für Handbuchseiten +verwendet. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +wird verwendet, um einen alternativen Systemnamen herauszufinden +(sinnvoll zusammen mit der +.B \-m +Option). +.SH "SIEHE AUCH" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH BUGS +Die +.B \-t +Option kann nur auf System verwendet werden, auf denen ein troff-Programm +installiert ist. diff --git a/man/de/whatis.man b/man/de/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c632255 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/de/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" übersetzt von Jochen Hein ( Hein@Student.TU-Clausthal.de ) +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Jan 5, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +whatis \- durchsucht die whatis Datenbank nach vollständigen Worten. +.SH SYNTAX +.BI whatis +keyword ... +.SH BESCHREIBUNG +whatis durchsucht eine Reihe von Datenbank-Dateien, die kurze Beschreibungen +von System-Kommandos enthalten, nach Schlüsselworten und zeigt das Ergebnis +auf der Standard-Ausgabe an. Nur genaue Treffer werden angezeigt. + +Die whatis Datenbank wird mit dem Kommando @makewhatis@ erstellt. +.SH "SIEHE AUCH" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/el.txt b/man/el.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..360f39a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +greek diff --git a/man/el/apropos.man b/man/el/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..159b8d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" ĆëëçíéêȚ ìćôÜöńáóç áđü Ë. ÄçìçôńïőëÜêç Éïęëéïò 2003 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 " 15 Éáíïőáńßïő 1991" "Ćăśćéńßäéï Ëßíïőî" "ĆíôïëĘò śńȚóôç" +.LO 1 +.SH ONOMA +apropos \- ćńćőíÜ ôç âÜóç äćäïìĘíùí whatis ăéá óőìâïëïóćéńĘò +.SH ÓŐÍÏŰÇ +.BI apropos +ëĘîç-êëćéäß ... +.SH ĐĆŃÉĂŃÁÖÇ +Ç ćíôïëȚ apropos ćńćőíÜ ăéá ëĘîćéò êëćéäéÜ, +ó' Ęíá óęíïëï áńśćßùí âÜóćùí äćäïìĘíùí +đïő đćńéĘśïőí óęíôïìćò đćńéăńáöĘò ćíôïëțí óőóôȚìáôïò, +êé ćìöáíßæćé ôï áđïôĘëćóìá óôç ôőđéêȚ Ęîïäï. +.SH "ÂËĆĐĆ ĆĐÉÓÇÓ" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/el/hman.man b/man/el/hman.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..207bf33 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/hman.man @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1998 Andries Brouwer +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" ĆëëçíéêȚ ìćôÜöńáóç áđü Ë. ÄçìçôńïőëÜêç edimitro@tee.gr, Éïęëéïò 2003 +.TH hman 1 "19 Éáíïőáńßïő 1998" +.LO 1 +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +hman \- đëïȚăçóç óôéò çëćêôńïíéêĘò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő +.SH ÓŐÍÏŰÇ +.B hman +[ -P \fIöőëëïìćôńçôȚò\fP ] [ -H \fIőđïëïăéóôȚò_őđçńćóßóò\fP ] [ \fIćíüôçôá\fP ] \fIüíïìá\fP +.br +.B hman +[ -P \fIöőëëïìćôńçôȚò\fP ] [ -H \fIőđïëïăéóôȚò_őđçńćóßáò\fP ] [ \fIćíüôçôá\fP ] [ ćőńćôȚńéï ] +.SH ĐĆŃÉĂŃÁÖÇ +Ôï óćíÜńéï +.B hman +ćßíáé ìéÜ äéćđáöȚ đńïò ôç man2html(1) đïő óïő ćđéôńĘđćé íá ćéóÜăćéò áéôȚóćéò +óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő óôç ăńáììȚ äéáôáățí, +êáé íá âëĘđćéò ôçí Ęîïäï óôï öőëëïìćôńçôȚ ôçò đńïôßìçóȚò óïő. +Ç óőìđćńéöïńÜ èőìßæćé ôç +.BR man (1) +țóôć đïëëïß ìđïńćß íá èćëȚóïőí íá äțóïőí óôçí +.B hman +ôï űćőäțíçìï +.BR man . +Áí ï ćí śńȚóćé öőëëïìćôńçôȚò ćßíáé ï netscape, +êáé áí ôńĘśćé Țäç, +ôüôć ôï óćíÜńéï +.B hman +èá ìćôáâéâÜóćé ôçí áßôçóç ó' áőôüí. + +.SH ĆĐÉËÏĂĆÓ +.TP +.B \-\^P " öőëëïìćôńçôȚò" +Đńïóäéïńßæćé ôï öőëëïìćôńçôȚ (üđùò lynx, xmosaic, arena, chimera, +netscape, amaya, ...) đïő èá śńçóéìïđïéçèćß. +ÁőôȚ ç ćđéëïăȚ őđćńéóśęćé ôçò ìćôáâëçôȚò đćńéâÜëëïíôïò +.BR MANHTMLPAGER . +Ç đńïćđéëïăȚ ćßíáé ç ìç-httpd Ęêäïóç ôïő +.BR lynx . +.TP +.B \-\^H " őđïëïăéóôȚò_őđçńćóßáò" +Đńïóäéïńßæćé áđü đïéüí őđïëïăéóôȚ èá đÜńćé ôéò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő. +ÁőôȚ ç ćđéëïăȚ őđćńéóśęćé ôçò ìćôáâëçôȚò đćńéâÜëëïíôïò +.BR MANHTMLHOST . +Ç đńïćđéëïăȚ ćßíáé +.BR localhost . + +.SH ĐĆŃÉÂÁËËÏÍ +.TP +.B MANHTMLPAGER +Ï đńïćđéëćăüìćíïò öőëëïìćôńçôȚò, +đńïêęđôćé áđü ôç śńȚóç áőôȚò ôçò ìćôáâëçôȚò đćńéâÜëëïíôïò. +.TP +.B MANHTMLHOST +Ï đńïćđéëćăüìćíïò őđïëïăéóôȚò őđçńćóßáò, +đńïêęđôćé áđü ôç śńȚóç áőôȚò ôçò ìćôáâëçôȚò đćńéâÜëëïíôïò. + +.SH "ÂËĆĐĆ ĆĐÉÓÇÓ" +.BR man (1), +.BR man2html (1), +.BR arena (1), +.BR lynx (1), +.BR netscape (1), +.BR xmosaic (1), +.BR glimpse (1) + +http://www.mcom.com/newsref/std/x-remote.html diff --git a/man/el/makewhatis.man b/man/el/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2077f8b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.\" ĆëëçíéêȚ ìćôÜöńáóç Ë. ÄçìçôńïőëÜêçò edimitro@tee.gr Éïęëéïò 2003 +.\" +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "22 Éáíïőáńßïő 1999" "Ćăśćéńßäéï Ëßíïőî" "Äéáśćßńçóç óőóôȚìáôïò" +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +makewhatis \- Äçìéïőńăßá ôçò âÜóćùò äćäïìĘíùí whatis. +.SH ÓŐÍÏŰÇ +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " ćíüôçôćò " ] [-c [" catpath "]] [" manpath "]" +.SH ĐĆŃÉĂŃÁÖÇ +Ç +.B makewhatis +äéáâÜæćé üëćò ôéò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő đïő đćńéĘśïíôáé óôéò äćäïìĘíćò +.IR ćíüôçôćò " ôçò " manpath " , " +Ț ôéò đńïäéáìïńöùìĘíćò óćëßäćò đïő đćńéĘśïíôáé óôéò äćäïìĘíćò +.IR ćíüôçôćò " ôçò " catpath " . " +Ăéá êÜèć óćëßäá, +ăńÜöćé ìéá ăńáììȚ óôç âÜóç äćäïìĘíùí whatis· +êÜèć ăńáììȚ óőíßóôáôáé áđü ôï üíïìá ôçò óćëßäáò êáé ìéá óęíôïìç đćńéăńáöȚ, +đïő śùńßæïíôáé áđü ìéÜ đáęëá. +Ç đćńéăńáöȚ đáńÜăćôáé, +śńçóéìïđïéțíôáò ôçí đáńÜăńáöï ÏÍÏÌÁ ôçò óćëßäáò ćăśćéńéäßïő. +.LP +Ïé äéÜöïńćò ăëțóóćò śńçóéìïđïéïęí äéáöïńćôéêü üńï ăéá ôç đáńÜăńáöï ÏÍÏÌÁ, +êáé ç +.B makewhatis +áíáăíùńßæćé ôïőò éóïäęíáìïőò üńïőò óôá ÔóćśéêÜ, ÉôáëéêÜ, ÖéíëáíäéêÜ, ĂáëëéêÜ, +ĂćńìáíéêÜ êáé ÉóđáíéêÜ. +.LP +Áí äćí äßíćôáé ôï üńéóìá +.I manpath +ôüôć őđïôßèćôáé üôé ćßíáé +.I /usr/man +ćê đńïćđéëïăȚò. +.SH ĆĐÉËÏĂĆÓ +.TP +.B -u +ĆíçìĘńùóç ôçò âÜóćùò äćäïìĘíùí ìć íĘćò óćëßäćò. +.TP +.B -v +žîïäïò ìć áíáëőôéêĘò đëçńïöïńßćò. +.TP +.B -w +ŚńȚóç ôçò manpath đïő ëáìâÜíćôáé áđü ôçí « man --path ». +.TP +.BI -s " ćíüôçôćò " +ŰÜśíćé óôéò +.I ćíüôçôćò +ôçò +.IR manpath " Ț " +ôçò +.IR catpath " . " +Áí áđïőóéÜæćé ç ćđéëïăȚ, +ç ôéìȚ ôçò èćùńćßôáé üôé ćßíáé +.I \'1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l\' +.TP +.BI -c " catpath" +Óáńțíïíôáé ïé đńïäéáìïńöùìĘíćò óćëßäćò đïő âńßóêïíôáé óôç +.IR catpath " . " +Áí áđïőóéÜæćé ôï üńéóìá, +ôüôć èćùńćßôáé üôé ćßíáé +ï đńțôïò áđü ôïőò őöéóôÜìćíïőò êáôáëüăïőò ìćôáîę ôùí +.IR /usr/man/preformat " êáé " /usr/man ". " +.SH ĐÁŃÁÄĆÉĂÌÁÔÁ +.PP +Ăéá íá äçìéïőńăçèïęí ìüíï ïé +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " êáé " /usr/local/man/whatis +äțóć ôçí ćíôïëȚ +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +Ăéá íá äçìéïőńăçèïęí üëćò ïé âÜóćéò äćäïìĘíùí, óőìđćńéëáìâáíïìĘíùí êáé ôùí +Öéíëáíäéêțí, Ăáëëéêțí êáé Éôáëéêțí ìćôáöńÜóćùí +äțóć ôçí ćíôïëȚ, +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH ÓÖÁËÌÁÔÁ +Ç +.B makewhatis +ßóùò íá ìçí ôá êáôáöĘńíćé ôüóï êáëÜ, +ìć óćëßäćò ăńáììĘíćò ìć ìç ôőđïđïéçìĘíá troff macros, +üđùò ïé óćëßäćò Tcl/Tk. +.PP +.B makewhatis +äćí äïőëćęćé ìć đńïäéáìïńöùìĘíćò ìćôáöńÜóćéò. +.SH ÂËĆĐĆ ĆĐÉÓÇÓ +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) diff --git a/man/el/man.conf.man b/man/el/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2517db9 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" ĆëëçíéêȚ ìćôÜöńáóç Ë. ÄçìçôńïőëÜêçò edimitro@tee.gr Éïęëéïò 2003 +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Ìáńôßïő 1994" "Ćăśćéńßäéï Ëßíïőî" "Äéáìüńöùóç áńśćßùí" +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +man.conf \- đëçńïöïńßćò äéćőèĘôçóçò ăéá ôç man +.SH ĐĆŃÉĂŃÁÖÇ +.LP +Áőôü ôï áńśćßï äéáâÜæćôáé áđü ôç +.BR man (1) +êáé đćńéĘśćé: (á) đëçńïöïńßćò ăéá ôç äçìéïőńăßá ôçò äéáäńïìȚò áíáæȚôçóçò ôçò man, +(â) ôçí đëȚńç äéáäńïìȚ ăéá äéÜöïńá đńïăńÜììáôá üđùò nroff, eqn, tbl êëđ. +đïő śńçóéìïđïéïęíôáé áđü ôç man, +êáé (ă) ìéá ëßóôá ìć áđïóőìđéćóôĘò áńśćßùí ìć äćäïìĘíç ćđĘêôáóç. +ÌéÜ ćíáëëáêôéêȚ Ęêäïóç áőôïę ôïő áńśćßïő ìđïńćß íá ïńéóôćß ìć ôçí +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Ôá ïíüìáôá ôùí ćíôïëțí ìđïńćß íá đćńéëáìâÜíïőí ćđéëïăĘò. +ŚńȚóéìćò ćđéëïăĘò ôïő nroff ìđïńćß íá âńćèïęí óôç óćëßäá grotty(1). +Ćđß đáńáäćßăìáôé, +óôç èĘóç ôçò đńïćđéëćăìĘíçò ăńáììȚò +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +êÜđïéïò ìđïńćß íá ăńÜűćé +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +țóôć íá áđćíćńăïđïéȚóćé őđïăńáììßóćéò êáé Ęíôïíïőò śáńáêôȚńćò. +.SH ÁŃŚĆÉÁ +.I "@man_config_file@" +.SH "ÂËĆĐĆ ĆĐÉÓÇÓ" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/el/man.man b/man/el/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cae41c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,491 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" ĆëëçíéêȚ ìćôÜöńáóç Ë. ÄçìçôńïőëÜêçò edimitro@tee.gr Éïęëéïò 2003 +.\" +.TH man 1 "2 Óćđôćìâńßïő 1995" "Ćăśćéńßäéï Ëßíïőî" "ĆíôïëĘò ŚńȚóôç" +.LO 1 +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +man \- ìïńöïđïéćß êé ćìöáíßæćé ôéò çëćêôńïíéêĘò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő +.br +manpath \- đńïóäéïńßæćé ôç äéáäńïìȚ áíáæȚôçóçò óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő áđü ôï śńȚóôç. +.SH ÓŐÍÏŰÇ +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --äéáäńïìȚ ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR óęóôçìá ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR óőìâïëïóćéńÜ ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR áńśćßï_äéćőèĘôçóçò ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR ëßóôá_äéáäńïìțí ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR óćëéäïđïéüò ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR ëßóôá_ćíïôȚôùí ] +.RI [ ćíüôçôá ] +.I "üíïìá ..." + +.SH ĐĆŃÉĂŃÁÖÇ +Ç +.B man +ìïńöïđïéćß êáé ćìöáíßæćé ôéò çëćêôńïíéêĘò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő. Áí ïńßóćôć ôçí +.IR ćíüôçôá +ç +.B man +űÜśíćé ìüíï ó' áőôȚ ôçí ćíüôçôá ôïő ćăśćéńéäßïő. +Ôï +.I üíïìá +ćßíáé êáíïíéêÜ ôï üíïìá ôçò óćëßäáò ćăśćéńéäßïő, +đïő óőíȚèùò ćßíáé ôï üíïìá ìéáò ćíôïëȚò, óőíÜńôçóçò Ț áńśćßïő. +Đáńüëá áőôÜ, áí ôï +.I üíïìá +đćńéĘśćé ìéÜ +.RB ( / ) +ôüôć ç +.B man +ôï èćùńćß ùò üíïìá áńśćßïő, ïđüôć ìđïńćßò íá äțóćéò +.B "man ./foo.5" +Ț êáé áêüìç +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +ÂëĘđć đáńáêÜôù ìéÜ đćńéăńáöȚ ăéá ôï đïę ç +.B man +űÜśíćé ăéá áńśćßá óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő. + +.SH ĆĐÉËÏĂĆÓ +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +Đńïóäéïńßæćé ôï đńïò śńȚóç áńśćßï äéćőèĘôçóçò· +ç đńïćđéëïăȚ ćßíáé +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(ÂëĘđć +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " äéáäńïìȚ" +Đńïóäéïńßæćé ôç ëßóôá ôùí êáôáëüăùí đńïò áíáæȚôçóç óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő. +Äéáśțńéóć ôïőò êáôáëüăïőò ìć Üíù êáé êÜôù ôćëćßćò. Ìéá êćíȚ ëßóôá ćßíáé ôï ßäéï +ìć ôï íá ìç âÜëćéò +.B \-M +ćíôćëțò. +ÂëĘđć +.BR "ÄÉÁÄŃÏÌÇ ÁÍÁÆÇÔÇÓÇÓ ÓĆËÉÄÙÍ ĆĂŚĆÉŃÉÄÉÏŐ". +.TP +.B \-\^P " óćëéäïđïéüò" +Đńïóäéïńßæćé đïéüò óćëéäïđïéüò íá śńçóéìïđïéçèćß. +ÁőôȚ ç ćđéëïăȚ őđćńéóśęćé ôçò ìćôáâëçôȚò đćńéâÜëëïíôïò +.B MANPAGER +đïő ìć ôç óćéńÜ ôçò őđćńéóśęćé ôçò ìćôáâëçôȚò +.BR PAGER . +Ćê đńïćđéëïăȚò, +ç +.B man +śńçóéìïđïéćß ôç +.BR "@pager@" . +.TP +.B \-\^S " ëßóôá_ćíïôȚôùí" +Ćßíáé ìéÜ ëßóôá ćíïôȚôùí đńïò áíáæȚôçóç óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő· +ïé ćíüôçôćò śùńßæïíôáé áđü Üíù êáé êÜôù ôćëćßćò. +ÁőôȚ ç ćđéëïăȚ őđćńéóśęćé ôçò ìćôáâëçôȚò đćńéâÜëëïíôïò +.BR MANSECT . +.TP +.B \-\^a +Ćê đńïćđéëïăȚò, ç +.B man +èá ôćńìáôéóôćß áöïę ćìöáíßóćé ôç đńțôç óćëßäá ćăśćéńéäßïő +đïő èá âńćß. Śńçóéìïđïéțíôáò áőôȚ ôçí ćđéëïăȚ, ç +.B man +ćîáíáăêÜæćôáé íá ćìöáíßóćé üëćò ôéò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő đïő ôáéńéÜæïőí ìć ôï +.BR üíïìá , +êáé üśé ìüíï ôç đńțôç óćëßäá. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Ćđáíáìïńöïđïéćß ôç óćëßäá đńïĘëćőóçò, +áêüìç êáé áí őößóôáôáé ćíçìćńùìĘíç óćëßäá cat. +Áőôü ìđïńćß íá ćßíáé óçìáíôéêü áí ç óćëßäá cat +ćßść ìïńöïđïéçèćß ăéá ìéÜ ïèüíç ìć äéáöïńćôéêü áńéèìü óôçëțí, +Ț áí ç đńïìïńöïđïéçìĘíç óćëßäá +ćßíáé äéáâńùìĘíç. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Äćí ćìöáíßæćé óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő, +áëëÜ ćìöáíßæćé đëçńïöïńßćò áđïóöáëìÜôùóçò. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Ćìöáíßæćé +.I êáé +óćëßäćò +.I êáé +đëçńïöïńßćò áđïóöáëìÜôùóçò. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Éóïäęíáìç ìć ôçí +.BR whatis . +.TP +.BR \-\^F " Ț " \-\-preformat +Ìïńöïđïéćß ìüíï - äćí ćìöáíßæćé. +.TP +.B \-\^h +ĆìöÜíéóç ìçíęìáôïò âïȚèćéáò óć ìéÜ ăńáììȚ êáé Ęîïäïò. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Éóïäęíáìç ìć ôçí +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +ĆńćőíÜ ăéá ôçí ïńéóìĘíç óőìâïëïóćéńÜ óć *üëćò* ôéò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő. +Đńïćéäïđïßçóç: áőôü đéèáíțò íá ôńáâȚîćé óć ìÜêńïò! +Áí ïńßóćéò ćíüôçôá üìùò óßăïőńá èá âïçèȚóćé. +(Ăéá íá äțóù ìßáí éäĘá, óôï ìçśÜíçìÜ ìïő áőôü đáßńíćé Ęíá ëćđôü +áíÜ 500 óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " óęóôçìá" +Ïńßæćé đńïò Ęńćőíá, Ęíá ćíáëëáêôéêü óęíïëï óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő +đïő âńßóêïíôáé óôï óęóôçìá ìć ôï äćäïìĘíï üíïìá. +.TP +.B \-\^p " óőìâïëïóćéńÜ" +Ïńßæćé ôçí áêïëïőèßá ôùí đńïćđćîćńăáóôțí đïő èá ôńĘîïőí đńéí ôï +.B nroff +Ț +.BR troff . +Œëćò ïé ćăêáôáóôÜóćéò äćí äéáèĘôïőí Ęíá đëȚńćò óęíïëï đńïćđćîćńăáóôțí. +Ìćńéêïß đńïćđćîćńăáóôĘò êáé ôá ăńÜììáôá đïő ôïőò śáńáêôçńßæïőí ćßíáé: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +ÁőôȚ ç ćđéëïăȚ őđćńéóśęćé ôçò ìćôáâëçôȚò đćńéâÜëëïíôïò +.BR MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +ŚńȚóç ôçò +.B @troff@ +đńïò ìïńöïđïßçóç ôçò óćëßäáò ćăśćéńéäßïő, +ïäçățíôáò ôçí Ęîïäï óôçí +.BR "ôőđéêȚ Ęîïäï" . +Ç Ęîïäïò áđü ôç +.B @troff@ +ìđïńćß íá đńĘđćé íá đćńÜóćé äéá ìĘóïő êÜđïéïő ößëôńïő đńéí ćìöáíéóôćß. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRȚ\fP \-\-äéáäńïìȚ +Äćí ćìöáíßæćé ôéò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő, áëëÜ ćìöáíßæćé ôç(ôéò) ôïđïèćóßá(ćò) ôùí +áńśćßùí đïő èá ìïńöïđïéçèïęí Ț ćìöáíéóôïęí. Áí äć äïèćß üńéóìá: +ćìöáíßæćé (óôç ôőđéêȚ Ęîïäï) ôç ëßóôá ôùí êáôáëüăùí đïő ćńćőíțíôáé áđü ôç +.B man +ăéá óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő. Áí ç +.B manpath +ćßíáé äćóìüò đńïò ôç man, +ôüôć «manpath» éóïäőíáìćß ìć «man --äéáäńïìȚ». +.TP +.B \-\^W +Œđùò ç \-\^w, áëëÜ ćìöÜíéóç ïíïìÜôùí áńśćßùí, Ęíá áíÜ ăńáììȚ, +śùńßò óőìđëçńùìáôéêȚ đëçńïöüńçóç. +Áőôü ćßíáé śńȚóéìï óć ćíôïëĘò êćëęöïőò üđùò ç +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "ÓĆËÉÄĆÓ CAT" +Ç man èá đńïóđáèȚóćé íá äéáóțóćé ôéò ìïńöïđïéçìĘíćò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő, +ïęôùò țóôć íá ćîïéêïíïìȚóćé śńüíï ìïńöïđïßçóçò +ăéá ôçí ćđüìćíç öïńÜ đïő èá śńćéáóôïęí áőôĘò ïé óćëßäćò. +Đáńáäïóéáêțò, ìïńöïđïéçìĘíćò ćêäüóćéò óćëßäùí óôïí DIR/manX +äéáóțæïíôáé óôïí DIR/catX, ćíț Üëëćò áđćéêïíßóćéò áđü man dir óć cat dir +ìđïńïęí íá đńïäéáăńáöïęí óôï áńśćßï +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Œôáí ï áđáéôïęìćíïò êáôÜëïăïò cat äćí őößóôáôáé, +ôüôć äćí äéáóțæïíôáé ïé óćëßäćò cat. +Œôáí ïé óćëßäćò cat ćßíáé ìïńöïđïéçìĘíćò ăéá ìȚêïò ăńáììȚò +äéáöïńćôéêü áđü ôï 80, ôüôć ćđßóçò äćí äéáóțæïíôáé. +Ïőäćìßá óćëßäá cat äéáóțæćôáé áí ôï áńśćßï man.conf +đćńéĘśćé ôç ăńáììȚ NOCACHE. +.PP +Ćßíáé äőíáôüí íá ăßíćé ç +.B man +suid óć Ęíá śńȚóôç man. Ôüôć, áí Ęíáò êáôÜëïăïò cat +Ęśćé éäéïêôȚôç ôïí man êáé Üäćéćò 0755 (ćăăńáöĘò ìüíï áđü ôïí man), +êáé ôá áńśćßá cat Ęśïőí éäéïêôȚôç ôïí man êáé Üäćéćò 0644 Ț 0444 +(ćăăńáöĘò ìüíï áđü ôïí man, +Ț ïőäćìßá äőíáôüôçôá ćăăńáöȚò), +ôüôć ïőäćßò êáíïíéêüò śńȚóôçò ìđïńćß íá áëëÜîćé +ôéò óćëßäćò cat Ț íá ôïđïèćôȚóćé Üëëá áńśćßá óôïí êáôÜëïăï cat. Áí ç +.B man +äćí Ęśćé ăßíćé suid, +ôüôć đńĘđćé Ęíáò êáôÜëïăïò cat íá Ęśćé Üäćéćò 0777, +đńïêćéìĘíïő üëïé ïé śńȚóôćò íá Ęśïőí ôç äőíáôüôçôá +íá ćíáđïèĘôïőí ćêćß óćëßäćò cat. +.PP +Ç ćđéëïăȚ +.B \-c +őđïśńćțíćé ôçí ćđáíáìïńöïđïßçóç ìéÜò óćëßäáò, +áêüìç êáé áí őößóôáôáé đńüóöáôç óćëßäá cat. + + +.SH "ÄÉÁÄŃÏÌÇ ÁÍÁÆÇÔÇÓÇÓ ÓĆËÉÄÙÍ ĆĂŚĆÉŃÉÄÉÏŐ" +Ç +.B man +śńçóéìïđïéćß ìéÜ ćîćëéăìĘíç ìĘèïäï ćíôïđéóìïę áńśćßùí óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő, +âáóéóìĘíç óôéò ćđéëïăĘò êëȚóçò êáé óôéò ìćôáâëçôĘò đćńéâÜëëïíôïò, +óôï áńśćßï äéćőèĘôçóçò +.B @man_config_file@ +êáé óć ïńéóìĘíćò ćíóùìáôùìĘíćò óőìâÜóćéò êáé éäéïêáôáóêćőĘò. +.PP +Êáô' áńśȚí, üôáí ôï üńéóìá +.I üíïìá +óôç +.B man +đćńéĘśćé ìßá +.RB ( / ), +ôüôć ç +.B man +őđïèĘôćé üôé ćßíáé Ęíá üíïìá áńśćßïő, +êáé ùò ćê ôïęôïő äćí őđÜńśćé ëüăïò áíáæȚôçóçò. +.PP +ÁëëÜ óôç êáíïíéêȚ đćńßđôùóç üđïő ôï +.I üíïìá +äćí đćńéĘśćé ìßá +.RB ( / ), +ôüôć ç +.B man +áíáæçôćß óć ìéÜ đïéêéëßá êáôáëüăùí, +Ęíá áńśćßï đïő èá ìđïńïęóć íá ćßíáé +ìéÜ óćëßäá ćăśćéńéäßïő ìć ôï óőăêćêńéìĘíï üíïìá. +.PP +Áí äțóćéò ôçí ćđéëïăȚ +.BI "-M " ëßóôá_äéáäńïìțí +ôüôć +.I ëßóôá_äéáäńïìțí +ćßíáé ìéá ëßóôá êáôáëüăùí +śùńéóìĘíùí áđü Üíù êáé êÜôù ôćëćßćò đïő ćńćőíÜ ç +.BR man . +.PP +Áí äćí śńçóéìïđïéȚóćéò ôçí ćđéëïăȚ +.B -M +áëëÜ ïńßóćéò ôç ìćôáâëçôȚ đćńéâÜëëïíôïò +.B MANPATH +ôüôć ç ôéìȚ áőôȚò ôçò ìćôáâëçôȚò ćßíáé ç ëßóôá ôùí +êáôáëüăùí đïő ç +.B man +ćńćőíÜ. +.PP +Áí äćí đńïóäéïńßóćéò ìéÜ óőăêćêńéìĘíç ëßóôá äéáäńïìțí ìć ôçí ćđéëïăȚ +.B -M +Ț +.BR MANPATH , +ôüôć ç +.B man +đáńÜăćé ôéò äéêĘò ôçò ëßóôćò âáóéæüìćíç óôï đćńéćśüìćíï ôïő áńśćßïő +äéćőèĘôçóçò +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Ç äȚëùóç +.B MANPATH +óôï áńśćßï äéćőèĘôçóçò đńïóäéïńßæćé óőăêćêńéìĘíïőò êáôáëüăïőò +ăéá íá óőìđćńéëçöèïęí óôç äéáäńïìȚ áíáæȚôçóçò. +.PP +ĆđéđëĘïí, ïé äçëțóćéò +.B MANPATH_MAP +đńïóèĘôïőí óôç äéáäńïìȚ áíáæȚôçóçò áíÜëïăá ìć ôç äéáäńïìȚ óïő áíáæȚôçóçò ćíôïëțí +(äçë. ôç ìćôáâëçôȚ đćńéâÜëëïíôüò óïő) +.BR PATH . +Ăéá êÜèć êáôÜëïăï đïő ìđïńćß íá âńßóêćôáé óôç äéáäńïìȚ áíáæȚôçóçò +ćíôïëțí, ìéÜ äȚëùóç +.B MANPATH_MAP +đńïóäéïńßæćé Ęíá êáôÜëïăï đïő èá đńĘđćé íá đńïóôćèćß óôç äéáäńïìȚ +áíáæȚôçóçò ăéá áńśćßá óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő. +Ç +.B man +űÜśíćé óôç ìćôáâëçôȚ +.B PATH +êáé đńïóèĘôćé ôïőò áíôßóôïéśïőò êáôáëüăïőò óôç äéáäńïìȚ +áíáæȚôçóçò áńśćßùí óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő. žôóé, ìć ôç óùóôȚ śńȚóç ôçò +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +üôáí äßíćéò ôçí ćíôïëȚ +.BR "man xyz", +đáßńíćéò ìéÜ óćëßäá ćăśćéńéäßïő ăéá ôï đńüăńáììá đïő èá Ęôńćść +áí Ęäéíćò ôçí ćíôïëȚ +.BR xyz . +.PP +ĆđéđëĘïí, ăéá êÜèć êáôÜëïăï óôç äéáäńïìȚ áíáæȚôçóçò ćíôïëțí (đïő èá ôïí +ïíïìÜóïőìć «êáôÜëïăï ćíôïëțí») ăéá ôïí ïđïßï +.I äćí +Ęśćéò ìéÜ äȚëùóç +.B MANPATH_MAP +ç +.B man +áőôïìÜôùò űÜśíćé ăéá Ęíá êáôÜëïăï óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő «óôá đĘńéî» +äçëáäȚ ó' Ęíá őđïêáôÜëïăï ôïő ßäéïő ôïő êáôáëüăïő ćíôïëțí Ț +óôï ăïíéêü êáôÜëïăï ôïő êáôáëüăïő ćíôïëțí. +.PP +Ìđïńćßò í' áđćíćńăïđïéȚóćéò ôéò áőôüìáôćò áíáæçôȚóćéò «óôá đĘńéî» +óőìđćńéëáìâÜíïíôáò ôç äȚëùóç +.B NOAUTOPATH +óôï áńśćßï +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +Óć êÜèć êáôÜëïăï, +óôç äéáäńïìȚ áíáæȚôçóçò üđùò đćńéăńÜöçêć đáńáđÜíù, +ç +.B man +ćńćőíÜ ăéá Ęíá áńśćßï ìć üíïìá +.IB èĘìá . ćíüôçôá\fR, +ìć ìéÜ đńïáéńćôéêȚ ćđĘêôáóç óôïí áńéèìü ćíüôçôáò +êáé đéèáíțò ìć ìéÜ ćđĘêôáóç óőìđßćóçò. +Áí äć âńćé ôĘôïéá áńśćßá, +ôüôć űÜśíćé óć êÜèć őđïêáôÜëïăï ìć üíïìá +.BI man N +Ț +.BI cat N +üđïő +.I N +ćßíáé ï áńéèìüò ćíüôçôáò ôïő ćăśćéńéäßïő. +Áí ôï áńśćßï âńßóêćôáé ó' Ęíá őđïêáôÜëïăï +.BI cat N, +ôüôć ç +.B man +őđïèĘôćé üôé đńüêćéôáé ăéá áńśćßï ìïńöïđïéçìĘíçò óćëßäáò ćăśćéńéäßïő (óćëßäá cat). +ĆéäÜëëùò ç +.B man +őđïèĘôćé üôé ćßíáé áìïńöïđïßçôï. Ćí đÜóćé đćńéđôțóćé, áí ôï üíïìá ôïő áńśćßïő +đćńéĘśćé ìéÜ ăíùóôȚ ćđĘêôáóç óőìđßćóçò (üđùò ç +.BR .gz ), +ôüôć ç +.B man +őđïèĘôćé üôé ćßíáé óőìđéćóìĘíï ìć ôï đńüăńáììá gzip. +.PP +Áí èĘëćéò íá äćéò ôï đïę (Ț áí) ç +.B man +èá èá âńćß ôç óćëßäá ćăśćéńéäßïő ăéá Ęíá ïńéóìĘíï èĘìá, +ôüôć śńçóéìïđïßçóć ôçí ćđéëïăȚ +.BR "--äéáäńïìȚ " ( -w ). + +.SH ĐĆŃÉÂÁËËÏÍ +.TP +.B MANPATH +ĆÜí Ęśćé ïńéóôćß ç ìćôáâëçôȚ +.B MANPATH +ôüôć ç +.B man +ôç śńçóéìïđïéćß ùò ôç äéáäńïìȚ đńïò áíáæȚôçóç áńśćßùí óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő. +Ç ìćôáâëçôȚ áőôȚ őđćńéóśęćé ôïő áńśćßïő äéćőèĘôçóçò +êáé ôçò äéáäńïìȚò áőôüìáôçò áíáæȚôçóçò, +ćíț áăíïćßôáé áđü ôçí ćđéëïăȚ +.B -M +ÂëĘđć +.BR "ÄÉÁÄŃÏÌÇ ÁÍÁÆÇÔÇÓÇÓ ÓĆËÉÄÙÍ ĆĂŚĆÉŃÉÄÉÏŐ". +.TP +.B MANPL +ĆÜí Ęśćé ïńéóôćß ç ìćôáâëçôȚ +.B MANPL +ôüôć śńçóéìïđïéćßôáé ç ôéìȚ ôçò ùò ìȚêïò ôçò ćìöáíéæüìćíçò óćëßäáò. +ĆéäÜëëùò, ïëüêëçńç ç óćëßäá ćăśćéńéäßïő èá êáôáëÜâćé ìéÜ (ćđéìȚêç) óćëßäá. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +ĆÜí Ęśćé ïńéóôćß ç ìćôáâëçôȚ +.B MANROFFSEQ +ç ôéìȚ ôçò śńçóéìïđïéćßôáé ăéá íá ïńßóćé ôï óęíïëï +ôùí đńïćđćîćńăáóôțí đïő èá ôńĘîïőí đńéí áđü ôï +.B nroff +Ț +.BR troff . +Ćê đńïćđéëïăȚò, ïé óćëßäćò đćńíïęí äéá ìĘóïő +ôïő đńïćđćîćńăáóôȚ tbl đńéí áđü ôï +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +ĆÜí Ęśćé ïńéóôćß ç ìćôáâëçôȚ +.B MANSECT +ç ôéìȚ ôçò śńçóéìïđïćßôáé ăéá íá ïńßóćé +đïéĘò ćíüôçôćò ôïő ćăśćéńéäßïő íá ćńćőíçèïęí. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +ĆÜí Ęśćé ïńéóôćß ç ìćôáâëçôȚ +.B MANWIDTH +ç ôéìȚ ôçò śńçóéìïđïéćßôáé ăéá íá ïńßóćé ôï đëÜôïò ćìöÜíéóçò ôùí óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő. +ĆéäÜëëùò ïé óćëßäćò ìđïńćß íá ćìöáíéóôïęí ó' üëï ôï đëÜôïò ôçò ïèüíçò óïő. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +ĆÜí Ęśćé ïńéóôćß ç ìćôáâëçôȚ +.B MANPAGER +ç ôéìȚ ôçò śńçóéìïđïéćßôáé ùò ôï üíïìá ôïő đńïăńÜììáôïò đïő èá śńçóéìïđïéçèćß ăéá ôçí ćìöÜíéóç +ôùí óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő. +ĆÜí äćí Ęśćé ïńéóôćß, ôüôć śńçóéìïđïéćßôáé ç +.BR PAGER . +ĆÜí êáé áőôȚ äćí Ęśćé ôéìȚ ôüôć śńçóéìïđïéćßôáé ç +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +ĆÜí Ęśćé ïńéóôćß ç ìćôáâëçôȚ +.B LANG +ç ôéìȚ ôçò đńïóäéïńßæćé ôï üíïìá ôùí őđïêáôáëüăùí üđïő ç man +űÜśíćé êáô' áńśȚí ăéá óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő. +žôóé, ç ćíôïëȚ «LANG=dk man 1 foo» +èá őđïśńćțóćé ôç man íá űÜîćé ăéá ôç óćëßäá ćăśćéńéäßïő +foo óôï .../dk/man1/foo.1, +êáé áí äćí ìđïńćß íá âńćé ôĘôïéï áńśćßï, +ôüôć óôï .../man1/foo.1, +üđïő ... ćßíáé Ęíáò êáôÜëïăïò óôç äéáäńïìȚ áíáæȚôçóçò. +.TP +.BR NLSPATH ", " LC_MESSAGES ", " LANG +Ïé ìćôáâëçôĘò đćńéâÜëëïíôïò +.B NLSPATH +êáé +.B LC_MESSAGES +(Ț +.B LANG +üôáí ç äćęôćńç äćí őößóôáôáé) +đáßæïőí ńüëï óôïí ćíôïđéóìü ôïő êáôáëüăïő ìçíőìÜôùí. +(ÁíôéèĘôùò ôá ìçíęìáôá óôçí áăăëéêȚ ćßíáé đńïćăêáôćóôçìĘíá, êáé ăéá ôá áăăëéêÜ +äćí áđáéôćßôáé êáôÜëïăïò.) +Óçìćßùóć üôé đńïăńÜììáôá üđùò ôï +.BR col(1) +đïő êáëïęíôáé áđü ôç man êÜíïőí ćđßóçò śńȚóç ôïő LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +Ç ìćôáâëçôȚ +.B PATH +âïçèÜ óôïí ïńéóìü ôçò äéáäńïìȚò áíáæȚôçóçò ăéá áńśćßá óćëßäùí ćăśćéńéäßïő. +ÂëĘđć +.BR "ÄÉÁÄŃÏÌÇ ÁÍÁÆÇÔÇÓÇÓ ÓĆËÉÄÙÍ ĆĂŚĆÉŃÉÄÉÏŐ" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +Ç ìćôáâëçôȚ +.B SYSTEM +śńçóéìïđïéćßôáé ăéá íá đÜńćéò ôï đńïćđéëćăìĘíï ćíáëëáêôéêü óęóôçìá (śńȚóç +ìć ôçí ćđéëïăȚ +.B \-m +) . +.SH "ÂËĆĐĆ ĆĐÉÓÇÓ" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5). +.SH ÓÖÁËÌÁÔÁ +Ç ćđéëïăȚ +.B \-t +äïőëćęćé ìüíï áí Ęśćé ćăêáóôáèćß Ęíá đńüăńáììá üđùò ôï troff. +.br +Áí âëĘđćéò öùôćéíÜ \e255 Ț <AD> áíôß ăéá ćíùôéêÜ óçìćßá, +âÜëć «LESSCHARSET=latin1» óôï đćńéâÜëëïí óïő. +.SH ÊÏËĐÁ +Áí đńïóèĘóćéò ôç ăńáììȚ + +(global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +óôï áńśćßï óïő +.IR .emacs +ôüôć đáôțíôáò F1 èá đÜńćéò ôç óćëßäá ćăśćéńéäßïő ăéá ôç êëȚóç âéâëéïèȚêçò +đïő őđÜńśćé óôç ôńĘśïőóá èĘóç ôïő äńïìĘá. +.LP +Ăéá íá đÜńćéò Ęíá áđëü êćßìćíï ìéÜò óćëßäáò ćăśćéńéäßïő, śùńßò Ęíôïía ăńÜììáôá +Ț őđïăńáììßóćéò, äïêßìáóć ìć + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt + diff --git a/man/el/man2html.man b/man/el/man2html.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9aae819 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/man2html.man @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +'\" t +.\" Man page for man2html +.\" aeb, 980101 +.\" +.\" ĆëëçíéêȚ ìćôÜöńáóç áđü Ë. ÄçìçôńïőëÜêç edimitro@tee.gr, Éïęëéïò 2003 +.\" +.TH man2html 1 "1 Éáíïőáńßïő 1998" +.LO 1 +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +man2html \- ìïńöïđïéćß ìéÜ óćëßäá ćăśćéńéäßïő óć html +.SH ÓŐÍÏŰÇ +man2html [ćđéëïăȚ] [áńśćßï] +.SH ĐĆŃÉĂŃÁÖÇ +.B man2html +ìćôáôńĘđćé ìéÜ óćëßäá ćăśćéńéäßïő üđùò âńĘèçêć óôï +.I áńśćßï +(Ț óôçí ôőđéêȚ ćßóïäï, +áí äțèçêć ôï üńéóìá «-» Ț êáíĘíá üńéóìá) +áđü ôï óőíçèéóìĘíç ìïńöȚ nroff óć html, +êé ćìöáíßæćé ôï áđïôĘëćóìá óôçí ôőđéêȚ Ęîïäï. +ÄéáèĘôćé őđïóôȚńéîç ôïő đńïćđćîćńăáóôȚ tbl áëëÜ üśé êáé ôïő eqn. +Ç êáíïíéêȚ ôéìȚ ćđéóôńïöȚò ćîüäïő ćßíáé 0. Áí üìùò êÜôé đÜćé óôńáâÜ, +ćìöáíßæćôáé óôç ôőđéêȚ Ęîïäï ìéÜ óćëßäá óöÜëìáôïò. +Ìđïńćß íá śńçóéìïđïéçèćß ùò áőôïôćëȚò őđçńćóßá, +áëëÜ đńïïńßæćôáé êőńßùò ùò ćđéâïçèçôéêȚ, +đïő ćđéôńĘđćé óôïőò śńȚóôćò ôçí đëïȚăçóç óôéò óćëßäćò +ćăśćéńéäßïő ìć Ęíá öőëëïìćôńçôȚ html üđùò ïé +.BR lynx (1), +.BR xmosaic (1) +Ț +.BR netscape (1). +./" (ÂëĘđć +./" .BR man (1) +./" ăéá đëçńïöïńßćò đëïȚăçóçò óôéò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő ìĘóù ôçò +./" .BR man2html . +./" ÓőíȚèùò áńêćß íá âÜëëćéò "MANHTMLPAGER=/usr/bin/lynx" +./" óôï đćńéâÜëëïí óïő.) + +Ôï âáóéêü êïììÜôé ôçò +.B man2html +ćßíáé ç ìçśáíȚ troff-to-html ôïő Richard Verhoeven (rcb5@win.tue.nl) đïő +đńïóèĘôćé őđćńóőíäĘóìïőò ăéá ôéò đáńáêÜôù äïìĘò: +.LP +.TS +l l. +foo(3x) "http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3x+foo" +method://string "method://string" +www.host.name "http://www.host.name" +ftp.host.name "ftp://ftp.host.name" +name@host "mailto:name@host" +<string.h> "file:/usr/include/string.h" +.TE +.LP +(Ç đńțôç ìđïńćß íá ńőèìéóôćß ëćđôïìćńțò ìć ćđéëïăĘò - âëĘđć đáńáêÜôù.) +Äć ăßíćôáé Ęëćăśïò - ïé äçìéïőńăïęìćíïé óęíäćóìïé äćí ćßíáé êáô' áíÜăêç őđáńêôïß. +Ćđßóçò äçìéïőńăćßôáé Ęíá ćőńćôȚńéï ìć ćóùôćńéêïęò őđćńóőíäĘóìïőò đńïò ôéò äéÜöïńćò đáńáăńÜöïőò, +țóôć íá ćßíáé ćőêïëüôćńï íá âńćé êáíćßò ôï äńüìï ôïő +ìĘóá óć ćêôćôáìĘíćò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő üđùò ç +.BR bash (1). + +.SH ĆĐÉËÏĂĆÓ +ÊáôÜ ôçí áíÜăíùóç áđü ôçí ôőđéêȚ ćßóïäï, +äćí ćßíáé đÜíôïôć îćêÜèáńï đțò íá ăßíćé ôï ôáßńéáóìá ïíüìáôïò áńśćßïő. +Ç ćđéëïăȚ \-D ćđéôńĘđćé ó' Ęíá óćíÜńéï íá ïńßóćé ôïí ôńĘśïíôá êáôÜëïăï. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^D üíïìá_äéáäńïìȚò +Áđáëćßöćé ôá äęï ôćëćőôáßá ôìȚìáôá áđü ôï üíïìá äéáäńïìȚò, êáé êÜíćé Ęíá +\fIchdir\fP(\fIdir\fP) đńéí áńśßóćé ôç ìćôáôńïđȚ. +.LP +Ç ćđéëïăȚ \-E ćđéôńĘđćé ôçí ćęêïëç äçìéïőńăßá ìçíőìÜôùí ëÜèïőò +áđü Ęíá óćíÜńéï cgi. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^E óőìâïëïóćéńÜ +ÂăÜæćé ìéÜ óćëßäá óöÜëìáôïò đïő đćńéĘśćé ôï äćäïìĘíï ìȚíőìá óöÜëìáôïò. +.LP +Ç ăćíéêȚ ìïńöȚ ćíüò őđćńóőíäĘóìïő äçìéïőńăçìĘíïő ăéá ìéÜ óćëßäá ćăśćéńéäßïő ćßíáé +.LP +<ìĘèïäïò:äéáä/ìȚ_cgi><äéáä/ìȚ_man2html><äéáś/óôȚò><óćëßäá_man> +.LP +ìć đńïćđéëïăȚ ùò áíùôĘńù. Ôá ôìȚìáôá áőôïę ôïő őđćńóőíäĘóìïő +ńőèìßæïíôáé ìć ôéò äéÜöïńćò ćđéëïăĘò. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Ïńßæćé ôç ìĘèïäï:äéáäńïìȚ_cgi óć http://localhost đïő ćßíáé ç đńïćđéëïăȚ. +.TP +.BI \-\^H " őđïëïăéóôȚò_őđçńćóßáò[.äéêôőáêüò_ôüđïò][:èęńá]" +Ïńßæćé ôç ìĘèïäï:äéáäńïìȚ_cgi óć +.RI http:// őđïëïăéóôȚò_őđçńćóßáò.äéêôőáêüò_ôüđïò:èęńá . +.TP +.B \-\^l +Ïńßæćé ôç ìĘèïäï:äéáäńïìȚ_cgi óć +.RI lynxcgi: /home/httpd . +.TP +.BI \-\^L " dir" +Ïńßæćé ôç ìĘèïäï:äéáäńïìȚ_cgi óć +.RI lynxcgi: dir . +.TP +.BI \-\^M " äéáäńïìȚ_man2html" +Ïńßæćé đïéÜ äéáäńïìȚ_man2html èá śńçóéìïđïéçèćß. Ç đńïćđéëïăȚ ćßíáé +.IR /cgi-bin/man/man2html . +.TP +.B \-\^p +Ïńéóìüò äéáśùńéóôȚ óć «/». +.TP +.B \-\^q +Ïńéóìüò äéáśùńéóôȚ óć «?». Áőôü ćßíáé ç đńïćđéëïăȚ. +.TP +.B \-\^r +ŚńȚóç óśćôéêțí äéáäńïìțí html, +áíôß ôùí äéáäńïìțí cgi-bin. +.LP +Ó' Ęíá ìçśÜíçìá đïő äćí ôńĘśćé Ęíáò +.BR httpd , +ìđïńćß íá śńçóéìïđïéȚóćé êáíćßò ôï +.B lynx +ăéá đëïȚăçóç óôéò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő, +śńçóéìïđïéțíôáò ôç ìĘèïäï lynxcgi. +Áí ôńĘśćé êÜđïéïò äáßìïíáò http, ôüôć ï lynx, +Ț üđïéïò Üëëïò öőëëïìćôńçôȚò, +ìđïńćß íá śńçóéìïđïéçèćß ăéá đëïȚăçóç óôéò óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő, +śńçóéìïđïéțíôáò ôç ìĘèïäï http. +Ç ćđéëïăȚ \-l (áđü ôï « lynxcgi ») äéáëĘăćé ôïí đńțôï ôńüđï. +Ìć áőôü ôïí ôńüđï, +ç đńïćđéëćăìĘíç äéáäńïìȚ_cgip ćßíáé \fI/home/httpd\fP. + +Ăćíéêțò, Ęíá óćíÜńéï cgi ìđïńćß íá êëçèćß áđü ôç +.LP +<äéáäńïìȚ_đńïò_ôï_óćíÜńéï>/<ćđß_đëĘïí_äéáäńïìȚ>?<ćńțôçóç> +.LP +êáé ïé ìćôáâëçôĘò đćńéâÜëëïíôïò PATH_INFO êáé QUERY_STRING +èá ïńéóôïęí óć <ćđß_đëĘïí_äéáäńïìȚ> êáé <ćńțôçóç>, áíôéóôïßśùò. +Áöïę ç lynxcgi äćí áíáêáôćęćôáé ìć ôï ôìȚìá PATH_INFO, +äçìéïőńăïęìć őđćńóőíäĘóìïőò ìć ôï «?» ùò đńïćđéëćăìĘíï äéáśùńéóôȚ. +Ç ćđéëïăȚ \-p (áđü ôï « path ») äéáëĘăćé ôç «/» ùò äéáśùńéóôȚ, +ćíț ç ćđéëïăȚ \-q (áđü ôï « query ») äéáëĘăćé ôï «?». + +Ç ćđéëïăȚ \-H \fIőđïëïăéóôȚò_őđçńćóßáò\fP, +èá ïńßóćé ôï śńçóéìïđïéïęìćíï őđïëïăéóôȚ őđçńćóßáò +(áíôß ôïő \fIlocalhost\fP). +žíá óćíÜńéï cgi èá ìđïńïęóć íá śńçóéìïđïéȚóćé ôç +.IP +man2html -H $SERVER_NAME +.LP +áí ćßść ïńéóôćß ç ìćôáâëçôȚ SERVER_NAME. +Áőôü èá ćđĘôńćđć óôï ìçśÜíçìÜ óïő íá ëćéôïőńăćß ùò ćîőđçńćôçôȚò, +êáé íá ćîÜăćé óćëßäćò ćăśćéńéäßïő. + +.SH ÓÖÁËÌÁÔÁ +ŐđÜńśïőí đïëëĘò éäéïêáôáóêćőĘò. Ç Ęîïäïò äćí èá ćßíáé đÜíôïôć ôĘëćéá. +Ç ìĘèïäïò lynxcgi äć èá äïőëĘűćé áí ôï lynx ćßść ìćôáăëùôôéóôćß śùńßò +őđïóôȚńéîç ăéáőôȚí. Ìđïńćß íá őđÜńîïőí đńïâëȚìáôá áóöáëćßáò. + +.SH "ÂËĆĐĆ ĆĐÉÓÇÓ" +.BR lynx (1), +.BR man (1) diff --git a/man/el/whatis.man b/man/el/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6820f1c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/el/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" ĆëëçíéêȚ ìćôÜöńáóç Ë. ÄçìçôńïőëÜêçò edimitro@tee.gr Éïęëéïò 2003 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Jan 5, 1991" "Ćăśćéńßäéï Ëßíïőî" "ĆíôïëĘò ŚńȚóôç" +.LO 1 +.SH ÏÍÏÌÁ +whatis \- ćńćőíÜ ôç âÜóç äćäïìĘíùí whatis ăéá đëȚńćéò ëĘîćéò. +.SH ÓŐÍÏŰÇ +.BI whatis +ëĘîç-êëćéäß ... +.SH ĐĆŃÉĂŃÁÖÇ +Ç ćíôïëȚ whatis ćńćőíÜ ăéá ëĘîćéò êëćéäéÜ, +Ęíá óęíïëï áńśćßùí âÜóćùí äćäïìĘíùí đïő đćńéĘśïőí óęíôïìćò đćńéăńáöĘò ćíôïëțí óőóôȚìáôïò, +êé ćìöáíßæćé ôï áđïôĘëćóìá óôçí ôőđéêȚ Ęîïäï. +Ćìöáíßæïíôáé ìüíï đëȚńćéò ëĘîćéò đïő ôáéńéÜæïőí. + +Ç âÜóç äćäïìĘíùí whatis äçìéïőńăćßôáé êáé ćíçìćńțíćôáé ìć ôçí ćíôïëȚ @makewhatis@. +.SH "ÂËĆĐĆ ĆĐÉÓÇÓ" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/en.txt b/man/en.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97ab12f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +english diff --git a/man/en/apropos.1 b/man/en/apropos.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05baa49 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/apropos.1 @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from apropos.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +apropos \- search the whatis database for strings +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI apropos +keyword ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +apropos searches a set of database files containing short descriptions +of system commands for keywords and displays the result on the +standard output. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/en/apropos.man b/man/en/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ad50ce --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +apropos \- search the whatis database for strings +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI apropos +keyword ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +apropos searches a set of database files containing short descriptions +of system commands for keywords and displays the result on the +standard output. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/en/makewhatis.8 b/man/en/makewhatis.8 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..227db4c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/makewhatis.8 @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from makewhatis.8.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "September 19, 2005" +.SH NAME +makewhatis \- Create the whatis database +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " sections " ] [-c [" catpath "]] [" manpath "]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B makewhatis +reads all the manual pages contained in the given +.IR sections " of " manpath +or the preformatted pages contained in the given +.IR sections " of " catpath . +For each page, it writes a line in the whatis database; each line +consists of the name of the page and a short description, separated +by a dash. The description is extracted using the content of the +NAME section of the manual page. +.LP +Since other languages use a different term for the NAME section, +.B makewhatis +recognizes the equivalent terms in Czech, Italian, Finnish, French, +German and Spanish. +.LP +If no +.I manpath +argument is given, +.I /usr/man +is assumed by default. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B -u +Update database with new pages. +.TP +.B -v +Verbose output +.TP +.B -w +Use manpath obtained from `man --path` +.TP +.BI -s " sections" +Looks in the +.I sections +of +.IR manpath " or " catpath . +If the option is absent, the MANSECT env var will be used. If it too +is absent, the MANSECT setting in man.conf will be used. +.TP +.BI -c " catpath" +The preformatted manual pages located in +.I catpath +are scanned. If the argument is not provided, it is assumed to be the +first existing directory between +.IR /usr/man/preformat " and " /usr/man . +.SH EXAMPLES +.PP +To rebuild only +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " and " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +To rebuild all the databases, including those of the Finnish, French +and Italian translations +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH BUGS +.B makewhatis +may not handle too well manual pages written with non-standard troff +macros, such as the Tcl/Tk pages. +.PP +.B makewhatis +does not work on preformatted translations. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) diff --git a/man/en/makewhatis.man b/man/en/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2108284 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "September 19, 2005" +.SH NAME +makewhatis \- Create the whatis database +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " sections " ] [-c [" catpath "]] [" manpath "]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B makewhatis +reads all the manual pages contained in the given +.IR sections " of " manpath +or the preformatted pages contained in the given +.IR sections " of " catpath . +For each page, it writes a line in the whatis database; each line +consists of the name of the page and a short description, separated +by a dash. The description is extracted using the content of the +NAME section of the manual page. +.LP +Since other languages use a different term for the NAME section, +.B makewhatis +recognizes the equivalent terms in Czech, Italian, Finnish, French, +German and Spanish. +.LP +If no +.I manpath +argument is given, +.I /usr/man +is assumed by default. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B -u +Update database with new pages. +.TP +.B -v +Verbose output +.TP +.B -w +Use manpath obtained from `man --path` +.TP +.BI -s " sections" +Looks in the +.I sections +of +.IR manpath " or " catpath . +If the option is absent, the MANSECT env var will be used. If it too +is absent, the MANSECT setting in man.conf will be used. +.TP +.BI -c " catpath" +The preformatted manual pages located in +.I catpath +are scanned. If the argument is not provided, it is assumed to be the +first existing directory between +.IR /usr/man/preformat " and " /usr/man . +.SH EXAMPLES +.PP +To rebuild only +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " and " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +To rebuild all the databases, including those of the Finnish, French +and Italian translations +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH BUGS +.B makewhatis +may not handle too well manual pages written with non-standard troff +macros, such as the Tcl/Tk pages. +.PP +.B makewhatis +does not work on preformatted translations. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) diff --git a/man/en/man.1 b/man/en/man.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1673352 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/man.1 @@ -0,0 +1,528 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from man.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" More changes - flc +.\" +.TH man 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +man \- format and display the on-line manual pages +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --path ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR system ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR string ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR config_file ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR pathlist ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR pager ] +.RB [ \-B +.IR browser ] +.RB [ \-H +.IR htmlpager ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR section_list ] +.RI [ section ] +.I "name ..." + +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B man +formats and displays the on-line manual pages. If you specify +.IR section , +.B man +only looks in that section of the manual. +.I name +is normally the name of the manual page, which is typically the name +of a command, function, or file. +However, if +.I name +contains a slash +.RB ( / ) +then +.B man +interprets it as a file specification, so that you can do +.B "man ./foo.5" +or even +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +See below for a description of where +.B man +looks for the manual page files. + +.SH MANUAL SECTIONS +The standard sections of the manual include: +.TP +.B 1 +User Commands +.TP +.B 2 +System Calls +.TP +.B 3 +C Library Functions +.TP +.B 4 +Devices and Special Files +.TP +.B 5 +File Formats and Conventions +.TP +.B 6 +Games et. Al. +.TP +.B 7 +Miscellanea +.TP +.B 8 +System Administration tools and Deamons +.TP +Distributions customize the manual section to their specifics, which often include additional sections. + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +Specify the configuration file to use; the default is +.BR /usr/share/misc/man.conf . +(See +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +Specify the list of directories to search for man pages. +Separate the directories with colons. An empty list is the same as +not specifying +.B \-M +at all. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +Specify which pager to use. +This option overrides the +.B MANPAGER +environment variable, which in turn overrides the +.B PAGER +variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR "/bin/less -is" . +.TP +.B \-\^B +Specify which browser to use on HTML files. +This option overrides the +.B BROWSER +environment variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR /bin/less -is , +.TP +.B \-\^H +Specify a command that renders HTML files as text. +This option overrides the +.B HTMLPAGER +environment variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR /bin/cat , +.TP +.B \-\^S " section_list" +List is a colon separated list of manual sections to search. +This option overrides the +.B MANSECT +environment variable. +.TP +.B \-\^a +By default, +.B man +will exit after displaying the first manual page it +finds. Using this option forces +.B man +to display all the manual pages that match +.B name, +not just the first. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Reformat the source man page, even when an up-to-date cat page exists. +This can be meaningful if the cat page was formatted for a screen +with a different number of columns, or if the preformatted page +is corrupted. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Don't actually display the man pages, but do print gobs of debugging +information. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Both display and print debugging info. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Equivalent to +.BR whatis . +.TP +.BR \-\^F " or " \-\-preformat +Format only - do not display. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Print a help message and exit. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Equivalent to +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Search for the specified string in *all* man pages. Warning: this is +probably very slow! It helps to specify a section. +(Just to give a rough idea, on my machine this takes about a minute +per 500 man pages.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +Specify an alternate set of man pages to search based on the system +name given. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +Specify the sequence of preprocessors to run before +.B nroff +or +.BR troff . +Not all installations will have a full set of preprocessors. +Some of the preprocessors and the letters used to designate them are: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +This option overrides the +.B MANROFFSEQ +environment variable. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Use +.B /usr/bin/groff -Tps -mandoc +to format the manual page, passing the output to +.B stdout. +The default output format of +.B /usr/bin/groff -Tps -mandoc +is Postscript, refer to the manual page of +.B /usr/bin/groff -Tps -mandoc +for ways to pick an alternate format. +.PP +Depending on the selected format and the availability of printing +devices, the output +may need to be passed through some filter or another before being +printed. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +Don't actually display the man pages, but do print the location(s) of +the files that would be formatted or displayed. If no argument is given: +display (on stdout) the list of directories that is searched by +.B man +for man pages. If +.B manpath +is a link to man, then "manpath" is equivalent to "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Like \-\^w, but print file names one per line, without additional information. +This is useful in shell commands like +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "CAT PAGES" +Man will try to save the formatted man pages, in order to save +formatting time the next time these pages are needed. +Traditionally, formatted versions of pages in DIR/manX are +saved in DIR/catX, but other mappings from man dir to cat dir +can be specified in +.BR /usr/share/misc/man.conf . +No cat pages are saved when the required cat directory does not exist. +No cat pages are saved when they are formatted for a line length +different from 80. +No cat pages are saved when man.conf contains the line NOCACHE. +.PP +It is possible to make +.B man +suid to a user man. Then, if a cat directory +has owner man and mode 0755 (only writable by man), and the cat files +have owner man and mode 0644 or 0444 (only writable by man, or not +writable at all), no ordinary user can change the cat pages or put +other files in the cat directory. If +.B man +is not made suid, then a cat directory should have mode 0777 +if all users should be able to leave cat pages there. +.PP +The option +.B \-c +forces reformatting a page, even if a recent cat page exists. + +.SH "HTML PAGES" +Man will find HTML pages if they live in directories named as +'html' followed by a section extension. The last file extension is +expected to be ".html", thus a valid name for an HTML version of the +.BR ls (1) +man page would be +.IR /usr/share/man/htmlman1/ls.1.html . + +.SH "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" +.B man +uses a sophisticated method of finding manual page files, based on the +invocation options and environment variables, the +.B /usr/share/misc/man.conf +configuration file, and some built in conventions and heuristics. +.PP +First of all, when the +.I name +argument to +.B man +contains a slash +.RB ( / ), +.B man +assumes it is a file specification itself, +and there is no searching involved. +.PP +But in the normal case where +.I name +doesn't contain a slash, +.B man +searches a variety of directories for a file that could be a manual page +for the topic named. +.PP +If you specify the +.BI "-M " pathlist +option, +.I pathlist +is a colon-separated list of the directories that +.B man +searches. +.PP +If you don't specify +.B -M +but set the +.B MANPATH +environment variable, the value of that variable is the list of the +directories that +.B man +searches. +.PP +If you don't specify an explicit path list with +.B -M +or +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +develops its own path list based on the contents of the configuration +file +.BR /usr/share/misc/man.conf . +The +.B MANPATH +statements in the configuration file identify particular directories to +include in the search path. +.PP +Furthermore, the +.B MANPATH_MAP +statements add to the search path depending on your command search path +(i.e. your +.B PATH +environment variable). For each directory that may be in the command +search path, a +.B MANPATH_MAP +statement specifies a directory that should be added to the search +path for manual page files. +.B man +looks at the +.B PATH +variable and adds the corresponding directories to the manual page +file search path. Thus, with the proper use of +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +when you issue the command +.BR "man xyz" , +you get a manual page for the program that would run if you issued the +command +.BR xyz . +.PP +In addition, for each directory in the command search path (we'll call +it a "command directory") for which you do +.I not +have a +.B MANPATH_MAP +statement, +.B man +automatically looks for a manual page directory "nearby" +namely as a subdirectory in the command directory itself or +in the parent directory of the command directory. +.PP +You can disable the automatic "nearby" searches by including a +.B NOAUTOPATH +statement in +.BR /usr/share/misc/man.conf . +.PP +In each directory in the search path as described above, +.B man +searches for a file named +.IB topic . section\fR, +with an optional suffix on the section number and +possibly a compression suffix. +If it doesn't find such a file, it then looks in any subdirectories +named +.BI man N +or +.BI cat N +where +.I N +is the manual section number. +If the file is in a +.BI cat N +subdirectory, +.B man +assumes it is a formatted manual page file (cat page). Otherwise, +.B man +assumes it is unformatted. In either case, if the filename has a +known compression suffix (like +.BR .gz ), +.B man +assumes it is gzipped. +.PP +If you want to see where (or if) +.B man +would find the manual page for a particular topic, use the +.BR "--path " ( -w ) +option. + +.SH ENVIRONMENT +.TP +.B MANPATH +If +.B MANPATH +is set, +.B man +uses it as the path to search for manual page files. It overrides the +configuration file and the automatic search path, but is overridden by +the +.B -M +invocation option. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B MANPL +If +.B MANPL +is set, its value is used as the display page length. +Otherwise, the entire man page will occupy one (long) page. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +If +.B MANROFFSEQ +is set, its value is used to determine the set of preprocessors run +before running +.B nroff +or +.BR troff . +By default, pages are passed through +the tbl preprocessor before +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +If +.B MANSECT +is set, its value is used to determine which manual sections to search. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +If +.B MANWIDTH +is set, its value is used as the width manpages should be displayed. +Otherwise the pages may be displayed over the whole width of your +screen. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +If +.B MANPAGER +is set, its value is used as the name of the program to use to display +the man page. If not, then +.B PAGER +is used. If that has no value either, +.B /bin/less -is +is used. +.TP +.B BROWSER +The name of a browser to use for displaying HTML manual pages. If +it is not set, /bin/less -is is used. +.TP +.B HTMLPAGER +The command to use for rendering HTML manual pages as text. If +it is not set, /bin/cat is used. +.TP +.B LANG +If +.B LANG +is set, its value defines the name of the subdirectory where man +first looks for man pages. Thus, the command `LANG=dk man 1 foo' +will cause man to look for the foo man page in .../dk/man1/foo.1, +and if it cannot find such a file, then in .../man1/foo.1, +where ... is a directory on the search path. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +The environment variables +.B NLSPATH +and +.B LC_MESSAGES +(or +.B LANG +when the latter does not exist) +play a role in locating the message catalog. +(But the English messages are compiled in, and for English no catalog +is required.) +Note that programs like +.BR col(1) +called by man also use e.g. LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +helps determine the search path for manual page files. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +is used to get the default alternate system name (for use +with the +.B \-m +option). +.SH BUGS +The +.B \-t +option only works if a troff-like program is installed. +.br +If you see blinking \e255 or <AD> instead of hyphens, +put `LESSCHARSET=latin1' in your environment. +.SH TIPS +If you add the line + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +to your +.IR .emacs +file, then hitting F1 will give you the man page for the library call +at the current cursor position. +.LP +To get a plain text version of a man page, without backspaces +and underscores, try + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with +versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5). diff --git a/man/en/man.conf.5 b/man/en/man.conf.5 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45c33ca --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/man.conf.5 @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from man.conf.5.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "September 19, 2005" +.SH NAME +man.conf \- configuration data for man +.SH DESCRIPTION +.LP +This file is read by +.BR man (1) +and contains (a) information on how to construct the search path for man, +(b) full path names for various programs like nroff, eqn, tbl etc. used by man, +and (c) a list with uncompressors for files with a given extension. +An alternative version of this file can be specified with +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +The command names may be provided with options. +Useful options to nroff can be found in grotty(1). +For example, instead of the default line +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +one may write +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +in order to suppress underlining and overstriking. +.SH FILES +.I "/usr/share/misc/man.conf" +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). diff --git a/man/en/man.conf.man b/man/en/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..811e6bd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "September 19, 2005" +.SH NAME +man.conf \- configuration data for man +.SH DESCRIPTION +.LP +This file is read by +.BR man (1) +and contains (a) information on how to construct the search path for man, +(b) full path names for various programs like nroff, eqn, tbl etc. used by man, +and (c) a list with uncompressors for files with a given extension. +An alternative version of this file can be specified with +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +The command names may be provided with options. +Useful options to nroff can be found in grotty(1). +For example, instead of the default line +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +one may write +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +in order to suppress underlining and overstriking. +.SH FILES +.I "@man_config_file@" +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). diff --git a/man/en/man.man b/man/en/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eff2548 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,524 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" More changes - flc +.\" +.TH man 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +man \- format and display the on-line manual pages +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --path ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR system ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR string ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR config_file ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR pathlist ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR pager ] +.RB [ \-B +.IR browser ] +.RB [ \-H +.IR htmlpager ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR section_list ] +.RI [ section ] +.I "name ..." + +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B man +formats and displays the on-line manual pages. If you specify +.IR section , +.B man +only looks in that section of the manual. +.I name +is normally the name of the manual page, which is typically the name +of a command, function, or file. +However, if +.I name +contains a slash +.RB ( / ) +then +.B man +interprets it as a file specification, so that you can do +.B "man ./foo.5" +or even +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +See below for a description of where +.B man +looks for the manual page files. + +.SH MANUAL SECTIONS +The standard sections of the manual include: +.TP +.B 1 +User Commands +.TP +.B 2 +System Calls +.TP +.B 3 +C Library Functions +.TP +.B 4 +Devices and Special Files +.TP +.B 5 +File Formats and Conventions +.TP +.B 6 +Games et. Al. +.TP +.B 7 +Miscellanea +.TP +.B 8 +System Administration tools and Deamons +.TP +Distributions customize the manual section to their specifics, which often include additional sections. + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +Specify the configuration file to use; the default is +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(See +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +Specify the list of directories to search for man pages. +Separate the directories with colons. An empty list is the same as +not specifying +.B \-M +at all. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +Specify which pager to use. +This option overrides the +.B MANPAGER +environment variable, which in turn overrides the +.B PAGER +variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR "@pager@" . +.TP +.B \-\^B +Specify which browser to use on HTML files. +This option overrides the +.B BROWSER +environment variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR @browser@ , +.TP +.B \-\^H +Specify a command that renders HTML files as text. +This option overrides the +.B HTMLPAGER +environment variable. By default, +.B man +uses +.BR @htmlpager@ , +.TP +.B \-\^S " section_list" +List is a colon separated list of manual sections to search. +This option overrides the +.B MANSECT +environment variable. +.TP +.B \-\^a +By default, +.B man +will exit after displaying the first manual page it +finds. Using this option forces +.B man +to display all the manual pages that match +.B name, +not just the first. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Reformat the source man page, even when an up-to-date cat page exists. +This can be meaningful if the cat page was formatted for a screen +with a different number of columns, or if the preformatted page +is corrupted. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Don't actually display the man pages, but do print gobs of debugging +information. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Both display and print debugging info. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Equivalent to +.BR whatis . +.TP +.BR \-\^F " or " \-\-preformat +Format only - do not display. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Print a help message and exit. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Equivalent to +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Search for the specified string in *all* man pages. Warning: this is +probably very slow! It helps to specify a section. +(Just to give a rough idea, on my machine this takes about a minute +per 500 man pages.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +Specify an alternate set of man pages to search based on the system +name given. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +Specify the sequence of preprocessors to run before +.B nroff +or +.BR troff . +Not all installations will have a full set of preprocessors. +Some of the preprocessors and the letters used to designate them are: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +This option overrides the +.B MANROFFSEQ +environment variable. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Use +.B @troff@ +to format the manual page, passing the output to +.B stdout. +The default output format of +.B @troff@ +is Postscript, refer to the manual page of +.B @troff@ +for ways to pick an alternate format. +.PP +Depending on the selected format and the availability of printing +devices, the output +may need to be passed through some filter or another before being +printed. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +Don't actually display the man pages, but do print the location(s) of +the files that would be formatted or displayed. If no argument is given: +display (on stdout) the list of directories that is searched by +.B man +for man pages. If +.B manpath +is a link to man, then "manpath" is equivalent to "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Like \-\^w, but print file names one per line, without additional information. +This is useful in shell commands like +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "CAT PAGES" +Man will try to save the formatted man pages, in order to save +formatting time the next time these pages are needed. +Traditionally, formatted versions of pages in DIR/manX are +saved in DIR/catX, but other mappings from man dir to cat dir +can be specified in +.BR @man_config_file@ . +No cat pages are saved when the required cat directory does not exist. +No cat pages are saved when they are formatted for a line length +different from 80. +No cat pages are saved when man.conf contains the line NOCACHE. +.PP +It is possible to make +.B man +suid to a user man. Then, if a cat directory +has owner man and mode 0755 (only writable by man), and the cat files +have owner man and mode 0644 or 0444 (only writable by man, or not +writable at all), no ordinary user can change the cat pages or put +other files in the cat directory. If +.B man +is not made suid, then a cat directory should have mode 0777 +if all users should be able to leave cat pages there. +.PP +The option +.B \-c +forces reformatting a page, even if a recent cat page exists. + +.SH "HTML PAGES" +Man will find HTML pages if they live in directories named as +'html' followed by a section extension. The last file extension is +expected to be ".html", thus a valid name for an HTML version of the +.BR ls (1) +man page would be +.IR /usr/share/man/htmlman1/ls.1.html . + +.SH "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" +.B man +uses a sophisticated method of finding manual page files, based on the +invocation options and environment variables, the +.B @man_config_file@ +configuration file, and some built in conventions and heuristics. +.PP +First of all, when the +.I name +argument to +.B man +contains a slash +.RB ( / ), +.B man +assumes it is a file specification itself, +and there is no searching involved. +.PP +But in the normal case where +.I name +doesn't contain a slash, +.B man +searches a variety of directories for a file that could be a manual page +for the topic named. +.PP +If you specify the +.BI "-M " pathlist +option, +.I pathlist +is a colon-separated list of the directories that +.B man +searches. +.PP +If you don't specify +.B -M +but set the +.B MANPATH +environment variable, the value of that variable is the list of the +directories that +.B man +searches. +.PP +If you don't specify an explicit path list with +.B -M +or +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +develops its own path list based on the contents of the configuration +file +.BR @man_config_file@ . +The +.B MANPATH +statements in the configuration file identify particular directories to +include in the search path. +.PP +Furthermore, the +.B MANPATH_MAP +statements add to the search path depending on your command search path +(i.e. your +.B PATH +environment variable). For each directory that may be in the command +search path, a +.B MANPATH_MAP +statement specifies a directory that should be added to the search +path for manual page files. +.B man +looks at the +.B PATH +variable and adds the corresponding directories to the manual page +file search path. Thus, with the proper use of +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +when you issue the command +.BR "man xyz" , +you get a manual page for the program that would run if you issued the +command +.BR xyz . +.PP +In addition, for each directory in the command search path (we'll call +it a "command directory") for which you do +.I not +have a +.B MANPATH_MAP +statement, +.B man +automatically looks for a manual page directory "nearby" +namely as a subdirectory in the command directory itself or +in the parent directory of the command directory. +.PP +You can disable the automatic "nearby" searches by including a +.B NOAUTOPATH +statement in +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +In each directory in the search path as described above, +.B man +searches for a file named +.IB topic . section\fR, +with an optional suffix on the section number and +possibly a compression suffix. +If it doesn't find such a file, it then looks in any subdirectories +named +.BI man N +or +.BI cat N +where +.I N +is the manual section number. +If the file is in a +.BI cat N +subdirectory, +.B man +assumes it is a formatted manual page file (cat page). Otherwise, +.B man +assumes it is unformatted. In either case, if the filename has a +known compression suffix (like +.BR .gz ), +.B man +assumes it is gzipped. +.PP +If you want to see where (or if) +.B man +would find the manual page for a particular topic, use the +.BR "--path " ( -w ) +option. + +.SH ENVIRONMENT +.TP +.B MANPATH +If +.B MANPATH +is set, +.B man +uses it as the path to search for manual page files. It overrides the +configuration file and the automatic search path, but is overridden by +the +.B -M +invocation option. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B MANPL +If +.B MANPL +is set, its value is used as the display page length. +Otherwise, the entire man page will occupy one (long) page. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +If +.B MANROFFSEQ +is set, its value is used to determine the set of preprocessors run +before running +.B nroff +or +.BR troff . +By default, pages are passed through +the tbl preprocessor before +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +If +.B MANSECT +is set, its value is used to determine which manual sections to search. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +If +.B MANWIDTH +is set, its value is used as the width manpages should be displayed. +Otherwise the pages may be displayed over the whole width of your +screen. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +If +.B MANPAGER +is set, its value is used as the name of the program to use to display +the man page. If not, then +.B PAGER +is used. If that has no value either, +.B @pager@ +is used. +.TP +.B BROWSER +The name of a browser to use for displaying HTML manual pages. If +it is not set, @browser@ is used. +.TP +.B HTMLPAGER +The command to use for rendering HTML manual pages as text. If +it is not set, @htmlpager@ is used. +.TP +.B LANG +If +.B LANG +is set, its value defines the name of the subdirectory where man +first looks for man pages. Thus, the command `LANG=dk man 1 foo' +will cause man to look for the foo man page in .../dk/man1/foo.1, +and if it cannot find such a file, then in .../man1/foo.1, +where ... is a directory on the search path. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +The environment variables +.B NLSPATH +and +.B LC_MESSAGES +(or +.B LANG +when the latter does not exist) +play a role in locating the message catalog. +(But the English messages are compiled in, and for English no catalog +is required.) +Note that programs like +.BR col(1) +called by man also use e.g. LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +helps determine the search path for manual page files. See +.BR "SEARCH PATH FOR MANUAL PAGES" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +is used to get the default alternate system name (for use +with the +.B \-m +option). +.SH BUGS +The +.B \-t +option only works if a troff-like program is installed. +.br +If you see blinking \e255 or <AD> instead of hyphens, +put `LESSCHARSET=latin1' in your environment. +.SH TIPS +If you add the line + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +to your +.IR .emacs +file, then hitting F1 will give you the man page for the library call +at the current cursor position. +.LP +To get a plain text version of a man page, without backspaces +and underscores, try + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with +versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5). diff --git a/man/en/whatis.1 b/man/en/whatis.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c331be --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/whatis.1 @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from whatis.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +whatis \- search the whatis database for complete words. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI whatis +keyword ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +whatis searches a set of database files containing short descriptions +of system commands for keywords and displays the result on the +standard output. Only complete word matches are displayed. + +The whatis database is created using the command /usr/sbin/makewhatis. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/en/whatis.man b/man/en/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7793394 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/en/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "September 19, 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +whatis \- search the whatis database for complete words. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI whatis +keyword ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +whatis searches a set of database files containing short descriptions +of system commands for keywords and displays the result on the +standard output. Only complete word matches are displayed. + +The whatis database is created using the command @makewhatis@. +.SH AUTHOR +John W. Eaton was the original author of +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim released man 1.2, and Andries Brouwer followed up with versions 1.3 thru 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> is the current maintainer. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/es.txt b/man/es.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..924ac1f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +spanish diff --git a/man/es/README b/man/es/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70b2ef0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/README @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Man pages y msgs en castellano por Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@f2219.n293.z2.fidonet.org> +Inspiradas de las páginas portuguesas de Vitor Duarte <vad@fct.unl.pt> + +Fecha: Fri May 24 02:43:10 MET DST 1996 + +Actualización de Benjamín Albińana <benalb@escomposlinux.org> + +Fecha: vie abr 14 13:21:11 CEST 2006 + diff --git a/man/es/apropos.man b/man/es/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16374a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from apropos.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Traducido del portugués por Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@f2219.n293.z2.fidonet.org> +.\" +.\" Traducción actualizada por Benjamín Albińana <benalb@escomposlinux.org> +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Septiembre 19 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NOMBRE +apropos \- busca `cadenas' en la base de datos "whatis" +.SH SINOPSIS +.BI apropos +palabra_clave ... +.SH DESCRIPCIÓN +apropos busca el contenido de +.B palabra_clave, +en una base de datos que contiene breves descripciones de los comandos, +mostrando todas las descripciones donde encontra una referencia a la clave. +.SH AUTOR +John W. Eaton fue el autor original de +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim lanzó man 1.2, y Andries Brouwer continuó con +las versiones 1.3 a 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> es el encargado actual. +.SH "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/es/makewhatis.man b/man/es/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7486660 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" Traducido por Benjamín Albińana <benalb@escomposlinux.org> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "Septiembre 19 2005" +.SH NOMBRE +makewhatis \- Crea la base de datos de whatis +.SH SINOPSIS +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " secciones " ] [-c [" catpath "]] [" manpath "]" +.SH DESCRIPCIÓN +.B makewhatis +lee todas las páginas del manual contenidas en las +.IR secciones " de " manpath +dadas o de las páginas preformateadas contenidas en las +.IR secciones " de " catpath +dadas. +Por cada página, escribe una línea en la base de datos de whatis; cada +línea contiene el nombre de la página y una breve descripción, +separadas por una guión. La descripción se obtiene del contenido de +la sección NOMBRE de la página del manual. +.LP +Ya que otros idiomas usan términos diferentes para la sección NOMBRE, +.B makewhatis +reconoce los términos equivalentes en checo, italiano, finlandés, francés, +alemán y espańol. +.LP +Si no se da el argumento +.I manpath +se asume por defecto +.I /usr/man +.SH OPCIONES +.TP +.B -u +Actualiza la base de datos con páginas nuevas. +.TP +.B -v +Salida prolija +.TP +.B -w +Usa la ruta de `man --path` +.TP +.BI -s " secciones " +Mira en las +.I secciones +de +.IR manpath " o " catpaht. +Si no existe la opción, se asume el valor +.I \'1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l\' +.TP +.BI -c " catpath" +Se exploran la páginas del manual preformateadas en +.I catpath +Si no se da el argumento, se asume que será el primer directorio +existente entre +.IR /usr/man/preformat " y " /usr/man . +.SH EJEMPLOS +.PP +Para rehacer sólo +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " y " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +Para reconstruir todas las bases de datos, incluyendo las traducciones +al finlandés, francés e italiano +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH FALLOS +.B makewhatis +puede que no maneje bien páginas del manual hechas con macros troff +no estándar, como las páginas de Tcl/Tk. +.PP +.B makewhatis +no funciona con traducciones preformateadas +.SH AUTOR +John W. Eaton fue el autor original de +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim lanzó man 1.2, y Andries Brouwer continuó con +las versiones 1.3 a 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> es el encargado actual. +.SH TRADUCCIÓN +Benjamín Albińana, 2006 +.SH VÉASE TAMBIÉN +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) + + + diff --git a/man/es/man.conf.man b/man/es/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ed0772 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from man.conf.5.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Traducido del portugués por Pablo Saratxag <srtxg@f2219.n293.z2.fidonet.org> +.\" +.\" Traducción actualizada por Benjamín Albińana <benalb@escomposlinux.org> +.\" +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "Septiembre 19, 2005" +.SH NOMBRE +man.conf \- fichero de configuración para el comando man +.SH DESCRIPCIÓN +.LP +Este fichero es leido por +.BR man (1) +y contiene: (a) información para obtener la ruta de búsqueda de las +páginas (manpath); (b) nombres completos +de varios programas como nroff, eqn, tbl, etc. usados por man; (c) una lista +de descompresores de ficheros con determinadas extensiones. Se puede indicar +un fichero alternativo con +.LP +.RS +man -C fich_config ... +.RE +.LP +Los nombres de comandos pueden ser indicados con opciones. +Las opciones útiles para nroff se pueden encontrar en grotty(1). +Por ejemplo, en vez de la línea +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +se puede usar +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +para suprimir subrayados y carácteres en negrita. +.SH AUTOR +John W. Eaton fue el autor original de +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim lanzó man 1.2, y Andries Brouwer continuó con +las versiones 1.3 a 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> es el encargado actual. +.SH VÉASE TAMBIÉN +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) e compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/es/man.man b/man/es/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b16b55b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from man.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Traducido del portugués por Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@f2219.n293.z2.fidonet.org> +.\" La sección "páginas formatadas" ha sido tomada de la version francesa de +.\" esta página de manual, traducida por René Cougnenc. +.\" +.\" Traducción actualizada por Benjamín Albińana <benalb@escomposlinux.org> +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.TH man 1 "Septiembre 19 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NOMBRE +man \- da formato y muestra las páginas del manual en línea +.br +manpath \- determina la ruta de búsqueda inicial +.SH SINÓPSIS +man [\-acdfhktw] [\-m sistema] [\-p cadena] [\-C fich_config] [\-M ruta] +[\-P paginador] [\-S lista_sec] [sección] nombre ... +.SH DESCRIPCIÓN +.B man +da formato y muestra las páginas del manual en línea. Esta versión reconoce +las variables de entorno (environment) +.B. MANPATH +y +.B (MAN)PAGER +(ver más adelante). +Si se indica la +.I sección +, +.B man +buscará únicamente en ella. +Es también posible indicar el orden de búsqueda en la secciones +y que preprocesamiento efectuar con los manuales, por medio de opciones en la +línea de comando o con variables de entorno. +Si el +.I nombre +contiene el carácter `/' tratará primero un fichero con ese nombre, permitiendo +hacer +.B "man ./foo.5" +o también +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz" +para dar formato y ver un fichero en particular. +.SH OPCIONES +.TP +.B \-\^C " fich_config" +Indica el fichero de configuración a usar; por defecto se usará +/etc/man.conf. (Ver man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " ruta" +Indica la lista de directorios donde buscar los manuales. +Sin esta opción se utilizará la variable +.B MANPATH. +Si esta variable tampoco estuviera definida, se obtendrá una lista +consultando /etc/man.conf. Un directorio vacío en MANPATH +representa la lista anterior. +.TP +.B \-\^P " paginador" +Indica que paginador/visualisador usar. Sin esta opción tratará +de consultar la variable +.B PAGER. +Normalmente, man usará +.B /usr/bin/less -is. +.TP +.B \-\^S " lista_sec" +Da la lista de secciones (separadas por `:') donde buscar y en que +orden. Esta opción tiene prioridad sobre la variable +.B MANSECT. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Normalmente man muestra el primer manual que encuentra. Esta opción +le permite mostrar todas las páginas de manual encontradas para la entrada +.B nombre. +.TP +.B \-\^d +No muestra el manual, sino información para la depuración de errores. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Equivalente a +.B whatis. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Muestra un breve mensaje de ayuda. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Equivalente a +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^m " sistema" +Indica un conjunto de manuales diferentes aplicables al sistema indicado. +.TP +.B \-\^p " cadena" +Especifica una secuencia de preprocesadores a usar antes de nroff o +troff (los formateadores). Algunas instalaciones de Linux pueden no tener todos los +preprocesadores. Algunos preprocesadores y las letras a usar para +indicarlos son: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Esta opción tiene proridad sobre la variable +.B MANROFFSEQ. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Usar +.B /usr/bin/groff -Tps -mandoc +para dar formato a las páginas de manual, efectuándose la salida por +.B stdout +Puede ser necesario procesar la salida de este comando con otros filtros +para poder visualizarla o imprimirla. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRo\fP \-\-path +No muestra las páginas de manual, sino la(s) localización(es) de los +ficheros que se hubieran formateado y mostrado, para la entrada de +.B nombre +indicado. Si no se da ninguna otra opción muestra la lista de +directorios que serían recorrido por .B man +durante la búsqueda. Si +.B manpath +es un enlace a man, entonces "manpath" equivale a "man --path". +.B \-\^W +Como \-\^w, pero muestra los nombres de ficheros, uno por linea, sin ninguna +otra información. Muy útil en comandos shell del estilo: +.ft CW +man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft +.SH "PÁGINAS FORMATEADAS" +Con el fin de ganar tiempo, +.B man +trata de guardar la páginas formateadas +en vez de interpretarlas cada vez que se las pide. +Tradicionalmente, las versiones formateadas de las páginas de REP/manX son +guardadas en REP/catX, pero se pueden indicar otras correspondencias +entre los directorios man y cat en el fichero /etc/man.conf. Si el +directorio «\%cat\%» correspondiente no existe, no se guardarán las +páginas formateadas. +Es posible hacer a +.B man +suid para un usuario man. En este caso, si un directorio cat pertenece +a man, y tiene el modo 0755 (únicamente man tiene permisos de escritura), +y los ficheros cat pertenecen también a man y tiene el modo 0644 ó 0444 (sólo +mana tiene permisos de escritura, o nadie los tiene), ningún usuario normal +podrá cambiar las páginas formateadas o ańadir ficheros al directorio +correspondiente. Si +.B man +no es suid, los directorios cat deberán tener el modo 0777 para que todo +usuario pueda dejar el resultado de los formateos efectuados durante las +consutlas del manual. +.LP +La opción -c fuerza el reformateo de una página, aunque ya exista un fichero +cat más reciente que el fichero fuente. + +.SH ENTORNO +.TP +.B MANPATH +Si se ha definido +.B MANPATH +se usará su valor como lista de directorios (manpath) donde pueden estar +las entradas del manual. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Si se ha definido +.B MANROFFSEQ +su valor determinará los preprocesadores a aplicar +antes de nroff o troff. Normalmente, las páginas de manual, son +preprocesadas por tbl antes de nroff. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Si se ha definido +.B MANSECT +su valor indicará las secciones a recorrer. +.TP +.B PAGER +Si se ha definido +.B PAGER +su valor indicará el programa a usar para mostrar el manual. +Normalmente usará +.B /usr/bin/less -is. +.TP +.B LANG +Si se ha definido +.B LANG +su valor indicará el nombre del subdirectorio donde +.B man +comenzará la búsqueda de las páginas de manual. Por ejemplo, el comando +«\%LANG=es man 1 pepe\%» tendrá como efecto de hacer una búsqueda de la página +pepe en .../es/man1/pepe.1, y si ese fichero no existe, +en .../man1/pepe.1, ( ... indica un directorio en la ruta de búsqueda). +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Las variables de entorno +.B NLSPATH +y +.B LC_MESSAGES +(o +.B LANG +cuando LC_MESSAGES no existe) +juegan un papel en la localización del catálogo de mensajes. +Nótese que los programas como col(1) que son llamados por +.B man, +también utilizan LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +se utiliza para la construcción de la ruta de búsqueda por omisión. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +se emplea para obtener los sistemas alternativos por omisión (en vista del +uso de la opción +.B \-m +). +.SH AUTOR +John W. Eaton fue el autor original de +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim lanzó man 1.2, y Andries Brouwer continuó con +las versiones 1.3 a 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> es el encargado actual. +.SH "VÉASE TAMBIÉN" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH BUGS +.B \-t +solo funciona si existe un programa troff o equivalente. +.SH TRADUCCIÓN +Pablo Saratxaga, 1996. A partir de la página en portugués de +Vitor Duarte y la página en francés de René Cougnenc. + +Actualización de Benjamín Albińana, 2006. diff --git a/man/es/whatis.man b/man/es/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aadf696 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/es/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from whatis.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Septiembre 19 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NOMBRE +whatis \- busca palabras en una base de datos propia +.SH SINOPSIS +.BI whatis +palabra_clave ... +.SH DESCRIPCIÓN +whatis busca el contenido de +.B palabra_clave, +en una base de datos que contiene breves descripciones de los comandos, +mostrando todas las descripciones que contienen una palabra idéntica ( +una palabra completa). + +La base de datos de "whatis" se crea con el comando /usr/sbin/makewhatis +.SH AUTOR +John W. Eaton fue el autor original de +.BR "man" . +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim lanzó man 1.2, y Andries Brouwer continuó con +las versiones 1.3 a 1.5p. +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> es el encargado actual. +.SH VÉASE TAMBIÉN +apropos(1), man(1). + + diff --git a/man/fi.txt b/man/fi.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b864848 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fi.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +finnish diff --git a/man/fi/apropos.man b/man/fi/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcca5be --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fi/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Translated into Finnish by Raimo Koski <rkoski@pp.weppi.fi> +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Tammi 15, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NIMI +apropos \- etsi whatis-tietokannasta merkkijonoja +.SH YLEISKATSAUS +.BI apropos +avainsana ... +.SH KUVAUS +apropos etsii avainsanoja tietokannoista, joissa on lyhyet kuvaukset järjestelmän komennoista ja näyttää tulokset vakiotulosteessa. +.SH "KATSO MYÖS" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/fi/man.conf.man b/man/fi/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b00e824 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fi/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Translated into Finnish by Raimo Koski <rkoski@pp.weppi.fi> +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Maaliskuu 1994" +.SH NIMI +man.conf \- man-ohjelman konfigurointitiedot +.SH KUVAUS +.LP +Tämän tiedoston lukee +.BR man (1) +ja siinä on (a) tiedot, miten man:n hakupolku muodostetaan, +(b) täydet nimet polkuineen ohjelmielle, kuten nroff, eqn, tbl jne. joita man käyttää +ja (c) lista purkuohjelmista, joilla annetun tiedostopäätteen tiedostot voidaan purkaa. +Vaihtoehtoinen versio tästä tiedostosta voidaan ottaa käyttöön komennolla +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Komentojen nimille voidaan antaa optioita. Käyttökelpoiset optiot nroff-ohjelmalle löytyvät sivulta grotty(1). +Esimerkiksi oletusrivin +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +sijasta voidaan määritellä +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +jotta alle- ja yliviivaus estetään. +.SH "KATSO MYÖS" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). diff --git a/man/fi/man.man b/man/fi/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8417e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fi/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ +.\" From rkoski@pp.weppi.fi Sun Jun 28 12:50:44 1998 +.\" +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" Translated into Finnish by Teppo Kankaanpää (photon@clinet.fi) +.\" Proofread by Raimo Koski (rkoski@pp.weppi.fi) +.\" Reconstructed man.man from man.1 - aeb +.\" +.\" TERM man_page man-sivu Näin se oli sotin sivuillakin.. +.\" TERM manual_page ohjesivu +.\" TERM section osasto Osasto kuvaa melko hyvin manin luonnetta +.\" TERM pager näytinohjelma Tulee ihan IBM ja sen näyttimet mieleen... +.\" TERM debugging_info,debugging_information debuggaustiedot +.\" TERM preprocessor esikäsittelyohjelma,esikäsittelijä Mikä olisi parempi? +.\" TERM message_catalog viestikirjasto +.\" TERM search_path hakupolku +.\" TERM owner_mode käyttöoikeudet +.\" TERM suid suid +.\" TERM arguments parametrit +.\" +.TH MAN 1 "4. Kesäkuuta 1998" "Linux" "Käyttäjän sovellusohjelmat" +.LO 1 +.SH NIMI +man \- muotoile ja näytä on-line -ohjesivuja +.br +manpath \- määritä käyttäjän hakupolku man-sivuihin +.SH "YLEISKATSAUS" +man [\-acdfhkKtwW] [\-m järjestelmä] [\-p merkkijono] [\-C konfiguraatiotiedosto] [\-M polku] +[\-P selausohjelma] [\-S sektiolista] [sektio] nimi ... +.SH KUVAUS +.B man +muotoilee ja näyttää on-line -ohjesivuja. Tämä versio tuntee +ympäristömuuttujat +.B MANPATH +ja +.BR "(MAN)PAGER" , +joten sinulla voi olla oma(t) kokoelmasi man-sivuja ja voit valita minkä tahansa +ohjelman näyttämään muotoillut sivut. Jos +.I sektio +on annettu, +.B man +etsii sivuja vain siitä sektiosta. +Voit myös määritellä, missä järjestyksessä sektiot läpikäydään +sivuja haettaessa ja minkä esikäsittelyohjelmien läpi lähdetiedostot +ajetaan, joko komentorivioptioiden tai ympäristömuuttujien avulla. +Jos +.I nimi +sisältää / -merkin, yritetään se ensin käsitellä tiedostonimenä, +joten voit kirjoittaa +.B "man ./foo.5" +tai vaikkapa +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.SH OPTIOT +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +Määrittele käytettävä man.conf -tiedosto. Oletus on +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Katso +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " polku" +Määrittele hakemistolista, joista man-sivuja etsitään. +Jos optiota ei käytetä, katsotaan lista ympäristömuuttujasta +.BR MANPATH . +Jos tällaista ympäristömuuttujaa ei löydy, oletuslista haetaan +tiedostosta +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Jos +.B MANPATH +sisältää tyhjän merkkijonon, käytetään myös tällöin oletuslistaa. +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +Määrittele, millä ohjelmalla sivuja katsotaan. +Tämä optio kumoaa +.BR MANPAGER "-ympäristömuuttujan" +vaikutuksen, joka taas löytyessään kumoaa +.BR PAGER "-ympäristömuuttujan" +vaikutuksen. Oletuksena +.B man +käyttää komentoa +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " sektiolista" +Sektiolista on kaksoispisteillä eroteltu lista sektioista, jotka +käydään läpi sivua haettaessa. Tämä optio kumoaa +.BR MANSECT "-ympäristömuuttujan" +vaikutuksen. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Oletuksena +.B man +lopettaa toimintansa näytettyään ensimmäisen löytämänsä +man-sivun. Tätä optiota käyttämällä +.B man +pakotetaan näyttämään +.I kaikki +täsmäävät man-sivut. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Uudelleenmuotoile lähteenä oleva man-sivu, vaikka päivitetty cat-sivu +löytyisi. Tämä voi olla käytännöllistä, jos cat-sivu muotoiltiin +näytölle, jolle mahtuu eri määrä kirjaimia. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Älä näytä itse man-sivua, vaan vain debuggaustiedot. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Näytä sekä sivu että debuggaustiedot. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Vastaa komentoa +.BR whatis . +.TP +.B \-\^h +Näytä vain pieni ohje ohjelman käytöstä. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Vastaa komentoa +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Etsi määriteltyä merkkijonoa *kaikista* man-sivuista. Varoitus: +tämä on todennäköisesti hyvin hidasta! Sektion määrittely auttaa. +(Omalla koneellani etsintä kestää minuutin 500 man-sivua kohden) +.TP +.B \-\^m " järjestelmä" +Määrittele etsittäväksi vaihtoehtoinen kokoelma man-sivuja, +pohjautuen annettuun järjestelmänimeen. +.TP +.B \-\^p " merkkijono" +Määrittele esikäsittelijöiden lista, jotka ajetaan ennen +.BR nroff ":ia" +tai +.BR troff ":ia." +Kaikkiin järjestelmiin ei ole asennettu kaikkia esikäsittelyohjelmia. +Jotkin näistä ja niitä vastaavista kirjaimista ovat +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v) ja refer (r). +Tämä optio kumoaa +.BR MANROFFSEQ "-ympäristömuuttujan" +vaikutuksen. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Käytä komentoa +.B @troff@ +man-sivun muotoiluun ja ohjaa tuloste +.BR vakiotulosteeseen . +Tämä tuloste saatetaan joutua ohjaamaan jonkin filtterin läpi ennen +tulostamista. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRtai\fP \-\-path +Älä näytä man-sivuja, mutta näytä sijainnit sivuille, jotka +muotoiltaisiin tai näytettäisiin. Jos mitään parametria ei anneta, +tulostetaan (vakiotulosteeseen) lista hakemistoista, joista +.B man +etsisi sivuja. Jos +.B manpath +on linkitetty man-ohjelmaan, vastaa "manpath" samaa, kuin "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Kuten \-\^w, mutta tulosta jokainen tiedostonimi omalle rivilleen ilman +mitään lisätietoja. Tämä on hyödyllinen komennoissa, kuten +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH CAT-SIVUT +Man yrittää tallentaa muotoillut man-sivut säästääkseen +muotoiluun kuluneen ajan seuraavalla kerralla, kun näitä +sivuja tarvitaan. Perinteisesti muotoillut sivut .../manX:stä +on tallennettu .../catX:ään (... on hakupolku), mutta +.BR @man_config_file@ ":issa" +voidaan säätää jokin muu hakemistosijoittelu. +Jos tarvittavaa cat-hakemistoa ei löydy, ei cat-sivuja tallenneta. +.PP +On mahdollista asettaa +.BR man "in" +suid:ksi käyttäjä man. Jos man omistaa cat-hakemiston, jonka +käyttöoikeudet ovat 0755 (vain man-käyttäjän +kirjoitettavissa) ja cat-tiedostojen käyttöoikeudet ovat 0644 tai 0444 +(vain man-käyttäjän +tai ei kenenkään kirjoitettavissa), ei tavallinen käyttäjä voi +muuttaa cat-sivuja tai laittaa muita tiedostoja cat-hakemistoon. +Jos +.BR man "ille" +ei ole määritelty suidia, silloin cat-hakemiston +käyttöoikeuksien pitäisi olla 0777, +jolloin jokainen käyttäjä voisi jättää cat-sivuja sinne. +.PP +Optio +.B \-c +pakottaa muotoilemaan sivun uudelleen, vaikka uusi cat-sivu löytyisikin. +.SH YMPÄRISTÖMUUTTUJAT +.TP +.B MANPATH +Jos +.B MANPATH +on asetettu, sen arvoa käytetään polkuna man-sivuja etsittäessä. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Jos +.B MANROFFSEQ +on asetettu, sen arvoa käytetään määrittelemään esikäsittelijät, +jotka ajetaan ennen +.BR nroff "ia" +tai +.BR troff "ia." +Oletuksena sivut ajetaan +tbl(1)-esikäsittelijän läpi ennen +.BR nroff "ia." +.TP +.B MANSECT +Jos +.B MANSECT +on asetettu, sen arvoa käytetään määrittelemään, mistä sektioista +sivuja etsitään. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Jos +.B MANWIDTH +on asetettu, sen arvo kertoo leveyden, jolla sivut näytetään ruudulla. +Muuten sivut näytetään koko ruudun levyisinä. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Jos +.B MANPAGER +on asetettu, sen arvo kertoo ohjelman nimen, jota käytetään man-sivujen +esittämiseen. Muuten käytetään ympäristömuuttujaa +.BR PAGER . +Jos sitäkään ei ole asetettu, käytetään komentoa +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +Jos +.B LANG +on asetettu, sen arvo määrittelee alihakemiston nimen, mistä +man etsii ensin sivuja. Niinpä komento 'LANG=fi man 1 foo' +saa manin etsimään ensin sivua .../fi/man1/foo.1. +Jos tätä ei löydy, etsii man sivua .../man1/foo.1. +Merkit ... tarkoittavat hakupolkua. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Ympäristömuuttujat +.B NLSPATH +ja +.B LC_MESSAGES +(tai +.BR LANG , +jos jälkimmäistä ei ole asetettu) kertovat käytettävän viestikirjaston. +(Englanninkieliset viestit on käännetty ohjelman sisään, +joten ne eivät tarvitse erillistä viestikirjastoa.) +Huomaa, että man saattaa käyttää ohjelmia, kuten col(1), jotka +käyttävät myös esimerkiksi muuttujaa LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.BR PATH ":ia" +käytetään muodostamaan oletushakupolkua man-sivuille. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM "-ympäristömuuttujaa" +käytetään vaihtoehtoisen järjestelmän oletusnimeksi (optiota +.B \-m +käytettäessä). +.SH BUGIT +Optio +.B \-t +toimii vain, jos troffin kaltainen ohjelma on asennettu. +.br +Jos näet tavuviivojen tilalla vilkkuvan \e255:n tai <AD>:n, +aseta ympäristömuuttuja 'LESSCHARSET=latin1'. +.SH "KATSO MYÖS" +apropos(1) whatis(1) less(1) groff(1). + + diff --git a/man/fi/whatis.man b/man/fi/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..449c845 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fi/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Translated into Finnish by Raimo Koski <rkoski@pp.weppi.fi> +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Tammikuun 5, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NIMI +whatis \- etsii whatis-tietokannasta kokonaisia sanoja. +.SH YLEISKATSAUS +.BI whatis +avainsana ... +.SH KUVAUS +whatis etsii avainsanoja tietokannoista, joissa on lyhyet kuvaukset järjestelmän komennoista ja näyttää tulokset vakiotulosteessa. Vain löytyneet kokonaiset sanat näytetään. + +Whatis-tietokanta luodaan komennolla @makewhatis@. +.SH "KATSO MYÖS" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/fr.txt b/man/fr.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4836cc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +french diff --git a/man/fr/apropos.man b/man/fr/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..383de43 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Traduction française René Cougnenc - Mai 1995. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH APROPOS 1 "19 septembre 2005" "Manuel Linux" "Commandes utilisateur" +.LO 1 +.SH NOM +apropos \- recherche de chaînes de caractères dans la base de données whatis +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI apropos +mot-clé ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +apropos effectue une recherche de chaînes de caractères dans un +ensemble de fichiers de données contenant de brèves descriptions des +commandes système, et affiche le résultat sur la sortie standard. + +.SH AUTEUR +John W. Eaton est l'auteur historique de +.BR man . +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> en assure aujourd'hui la maintenance. + +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR whatis (1), +.BR man (1). + +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par René Cougnenc en mai 1995 et mise +à jour par Alain Portal <aportal AT univ-montp2 DOT fr> le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 1\ apropos\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. + diff --git a/man/fr/makewhatis.man b/man/fr/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..abd5981 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" Traduction : Alain Portal <aportal AT univ-montp2 DOT fr> le 1/6/2005 +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "19 septembre 2005" +.SH NOM +makewhatis \- Crée la base de données whatis +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " sections " ] [-c [" catpath "]] [" manpath "]" +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B makewhatis +lit toutes les pages de manuels contenues dans les sections +.I sections +du répertoire +. I manpath +ou les pages préformatées contenues dans les sections +.I sections +du répertoire +.IR catpath . +Pour chacune des pages, +.B makewhatis +écrit une ligne dans la base de données whatis\ ; chaque ligne est constituée +du nom de la page de manuel et d'une courte description de celle-ci, séparés +par un trait. La description est extraite du contenu de la section NAME de la +page de manuel. +.LP +Du fait que d'autres langues utilisent un terme différent pour la section NAME, +.B makewhatis +reconnaît les termes équivalents en allemand, espagnol, finnois, français, +italien et tchèque. +.LP +Si aucun argument +.I manpath +n'est fourni, la valeur par défaut est +.IR /usr/man . +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B -u +Mettre à jour la base de données avec de nouvelles pages. +.TP +.B -v +Sortie bavarde. +.TP +.B -w +Utiliser le chemin de recherche +.I manpath +obtenu par la commande «\ man --path\ ». +.TP +.BI -s " sections" +Chercher dans les sections +.I sections +de +.IR manpath " ou " catpath . +Si cette option est absente, sa valeur est +.IR " " \' "1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l"\' +.TP +.BI -c " catpath" +Les pages préformatées de manuel situées dans +.I catpath +sont scrutées. Si l'argument n'est pas fourni, il est supposé être le premier +des deux répertoires existant entre +.IR /usr/man/preformat " et " /usr/man . +.SH EXEMPLES +.PP +Pour reconstruire seulement les bases de données +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " et " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +Pour reconstruire toutes les bases de données en incluant les traductions +finnoise, française et italienne +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH BOGUES +.B makewhatis +peut ne pas très bien gérer les pages de manuels qui ont été écrites avec +des macros troff non standard, comme les pages Tcl/Tk. +.PP +.B makewhatis +ne fonctionne pas avec les traductions préformatées. + +.SH AUTEUR +John W. Eaton est l'auteur historique de +.BR man . +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> en assure aujourd'hui la maintenance. + +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) + +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par Alain Portal +<aportal AT univ-montp2 DOT fr> le 1er juin 2005 et mise à jour +le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 8\ makewhatis\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. + diff --git a/man/fr/man.conf.man b/man/fr/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..49d9bbd --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Traduction française René Cougnenc - Mai 1995 +.\" +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "19 septembre 2005" "Manuel Linux" "Commandes utilisateur" +.SH NOM +man.conf \- fichier de configuration de la commande man +.SH DESCRIPTION +.LP +Ce fichier est lu par +.BR man (1) +et contient\ : (a) des informations sur la manière de construire le +chemin de recherche des pages de manuel, (b) les chemins d'accès +complets de divers programmes de formatage tels nroff, eqn, tbl, etc. +utilisés par man, et (c) une liste des décompacteurs à employer pour +traiter les pages préformatées selon l'extension de leur nom de +fichier. Il est possible de spécifier un autre fichier que celui-ci en +précisant\ : +.LP +.RS +man -C man.conf_personnel ... +.RE +.LP +Les noms de commandes peuvent comporter des options. +Les options utiles pour nroff se trouvent dans grotty(1). +Par exemple, au lieu de la ligne par défaut\ : +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +vous pouvez mettre\ : +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +afin de supprimer le soulignement et les caractères gras. + +Notez que l'option -Tlatin1 passée à la commande groff est importante +pour nous autres, francophones\ ; associée à un visualiseur et un +terminal supportant ce jeu de caractères (comme less et xterm), elle +permet de conserver nos précieux accents dans les pages de manuel. +.SH FICHIERS +.I "@man_config_file@" +.SH AUTEUR +John W. Eaton est l'auteur historique de +.BR man . +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> en assure aujourd'hui la maintenance. +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR col (1), +.BR (g)eqn (1), +.BR (g)pic (1), +.BR groff (1), +.BR grotty (1), +.BR (g)refer (1), +.BR (g)tbl (1), +.BR less (1), +.BR man (1) +et +.BR compress (1), +.BR gzip (1). + +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par René Cougnenc en mai 1995 et mise +à jour par Alain Portal <aportal AT univ-montp2 DOT fr> le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 5\ man.conf\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. + diff --git a/man/fr/man.man b/man/fr/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad09529 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,496 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Traduction française René Cougnenc - Mai 1995 +.\" Mise à jour importante Alain Portal le 2 juin 2005 +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" More changes - flc +.\" +.TH MAN 1 "19 septembre 2005" "Manuel Linux" "Commandes utilisateur" +.LO 1 +.SH NOM +man \- formate et affiche les pages du manuel en ligne +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --path ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR système ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR chaîne ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR fichier_config ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR chemin ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR visualiseur ] +.RB [ \-B +.IR navigateur ] +.RB [ \-H +.IR visualiseur_html ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR liste_sections ] +.RI [ section ] +.I "nom ..." + +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B man +formate et affiche les pages du manuel en ligne. Si +.I section +est spécifiée, +.B man +ne recherchera que dans cette section du manuel. +.I nom +est le nom de la page qui est généralement le nom d'une commande, +d'une fonction ou d'un fichier. Toutefois, si +.I nom +contient une barre oblique +.RB " «\ "/ \ », +il sera d'abord considéré en tant que nom de fichier, vous pouvez donc faire\ : +.B "man ./toto.5" +ou même +.B "man /truc/machin/bidule.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +Voir plus loin pour une description sur la façon dont +.B man +cherche les fichiers pages de manuel. + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B \-\^C " fichier_config" +Spécifie le fichier de configuration à utiliser\ ; par défaut il s'agit de +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Voir +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " chemin" +Indique la liste des répertoires dans lesquels la recherche des pages +sera effectuée. Veuillez séparer les répertoires par le symbole deux points +.RB " «\ ": \ ». +Une liste vide est équivalent à ne pas spécifier l'option +.BR \-M . +Voir +.BR "CHEMIN DE RECHERCHE POUR LES PAGES DE MANUEL" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " visualiseur" +Indique le programme de visualisation des pages à employer. +Cette option a priorité sur la variable d'environnement +.BR MANPAGER , +qui, à son tour, a priorité sur la variable d'environnement +.BR PAGER . +Par défaut, +.B man +utilisera +.B @pager@. +.TP +.B \-\^B +Spécifie quel navigateur utiliser pour les fichiers HTML. +Cette option supplante la variable d'environnement +.B BROWSER +Par défaut, +.B man +utilise +.BR @browser@ . +.TP +.B \-\^H +Spécifie une commande qui produit un fichier texte à partir du fichier HTML. +Cette option supplante la variable d'environnement +.B HTMLPAGER +Par défaut, +.B man +utilise +.BR @htmlpager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " liste_sections" +Il s'agit d'une liste de sections, séparées par le symbole deux points +.RB " «\ ": \ », +dans lesquelles les pages seront recherchées. Elle a priorité sur +la variable d'environnement +.B MANSECT. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Par défaut, +.B man +s'arrête après avoir affiché la première page de +manuel trouvée. Cette option permet de l'obliger à afficher toutes +les pages correspondant à la requête +.RB " «\ "nom \ » +de l'utilisateur, s'il y en a plusieurs, et pas seulement la première trouvée. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Reformater la page de manuel, même si une version préformatée à jour +existe. Cela peut être utile si cette dernière a été prévue pour un +écran de taille différente ou bien si elle est abîmée. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Ne pas afficher les pages de manuel, mais fournir une grande quantité +d'informations de débogage. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Afficher à la fois les pages de manuel et les informations de débogage. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Équivalent à +.BR whatis . +.TP +.B \-\^h +Afficher un court message d'aide et quitter. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Équivalent à +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^K +Chercher la chaîne spécifiée dans *toutes* les pages de manuel. Attention\ : +cela peut être très long\ ! Et il peut être utile de spécifier une section. +(Pour donner une vague idée, sur ma machine, il faut environ une minute +pour 500 pages de manuel.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " système" +Demander l'utilisation d'un autre jeu de pages de manuel, en fonction +du nom de système indiqué. +.TP +.B \-\^p " chaîne" +Spécifie la séquence de préprocesseurs à exécuter avant +.B nroff +ou +.BR troff . +Selon votre installation de Linux, vous ne disposerez pas forcément +de tous les programmes possibles. Voici les plus courants et les lettres +qui les désignent\ : +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Cette option a priorité sur la variable d'environnement +.B MANROFFSEQ. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Utiliser +.B @troff@ +pour formater la page de manuel, la sortie se faisant sur +.B stdout. +La sortie de +.B @troff@ +peut nécessiter un passage par certains filtres avant de pouvoir +être affichée ou imprimée. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRou\fP \-\-path +Ne pas afficher les pages de manuel, mais les emplacements des fichiers +qui auraient été formatés ou affichés. Si aucun argument n'est précisé, +indique sur la sortie standard la liste des répertoires dans lesquels +.B man +recherche les pages. Si +.B manpath +est un lien sur le programme man, alors «\ manpath\ » est équivalent +à la commande «\ man --path\ ». +.TP +.B \-\^W +Comme \-\^w, mais affiche les noms de fichiers, un par ligne, sans aucune +autre information. Très utile dans des commandes shell du genre\ : +.ft CW +.B man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft + +.SH "PAGES FORMATÉES" +Afin de gagner du temps, +.B man +tente de sauvegarder les pages formatées +au lieu de les interpréter chaque fois qu'elles sont demandées. +Traditionnellement, les versions formatées des pages de REP/manX sont +enregistrées dans REP/catX, mais d'autres correspondances entre les +répertoires man et les répertoires cat peuvent être indiquées dans +le fichier +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Aucune page formatée n'est enregistrée si le répertoire «\ cat\ » correspondant +n'existe pas. +Aucune page formatée n'est enregistrée si elle est formatée avec une longueur +de ligne différente de 80. +Aucune page formatée n'est enregistrée si le fichier +.B @man_config_file@ +contient la ligne NOCACHE. +.PP +Il est possible de rendre +.B man +suid utilisateur man. Dans ce cas, si un répertoire «\ cat\ » appartient +à man et a le mode 0755 (seul man peut l'écrire), et que les fichiers +formatés appartiennent eux aussi à man et ont le mode 0644 ou 0444 (seul +man peut les écrire, voire personne), aucun utilisateur normal ne pourra +modifier les pages formatées ou mettre d'autre fichiers dans le répertoire +correspondant. Si +.B man +n'est pas suid, les répertoires « cat » devront avoir le mode 0777 afin +que tout utilisateur puisse y laisser le résultat des formatages lors +des consultations du manuel. +.PP +L'option +.B \-c +force le reformatage d'une page, même si un fichier cat +plus récent que le fichier source existe. + +.SH "CHEMIN DE RECHERCHE POUR LES PAGES DE MANUEL" +.B man +utilise une méthode sophistiquée pour chercher les pages de manuels, +basée sur l'invocation d'options et de variables d'environnement, +le fichier de configuration +.BR @man_config_file@ , +des heuristiques et conventions prédéfinies. +.PP +En premier lieu, lorsque l'argument +.I nom +de +.B man +contient une barre oblique +.RB " «\ "/ \ », +.B man +suppose qu'il s'agit d'un fichier et aucune recherche complexe n'est lancée. +.PP +Mais dans la plupart des cas où +.I nom +ne contient pas de barre oblique, +.B man +recherche dans plusieurs répertoires un fichier qui pourrait être une page +de manuel pour le sujet nommé. +.PP +Si vous spécifiez l'option +.B \-M +.IR liste_chemins , +.I liste_chemins +est une liste de répertoires, séparés par le symbole deux points +.RB " «\ ": \ », +dans lesquels +.B man +effectuera sa recherche. +.PP +Si vous ne spécifiez pas +.B -M +mais que vous positionniez la variable d'environnement +.BR MANPATH , +la valeur de cette variable est la liste des répertoires dans lesquels +.B man +effectuera sa recherche. +.PP +Si vous ne spécifiez pas une liste de chemins explicite avec +.B -M +ou +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +développe sa propre liste de chemins basée sur le contenu du fichier de +configuration +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Les déclarations +.B MANPATH +dans le fichier de configuration identifient des répertoires particuliers +à inclure dans le chemin de recherche. +.PP +Qui plus est, les déclarations +.B MANPATH_MAP +complètent le chemin de recherche en fonction du chemin de recherche de vos +commandes (autrement dit, de votre variable d'environnement +.BR PATH ). +La déclaration +.B MANPATH_MAP +indique, pour chacun des répertoires pouvant se trouver dans le chemin de +recherche des commandes, un répertoire qui devrait être ajouté au chemin de +recherche des pages de manuel. +.B man +scrute la variable +.B PATH +et ajoute au chemin de recherche des pages de manuel les répertoires +correspondants. Ainsi, avec une utilisation correcte de +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +lorsque vous tapez la commande +.BR "man xyz" , +vous obtenez la page de manuel du programme que vous lanceriez si vous +tapiez la commande +.BR xyz . +.PP +De plus, pour chacun des répertoires situés dans le chemin de recherche des +commandes (nous l'appellerons «\ répertoire commandes\ ») pour lequel vous +.IR n "'avez " pas +d'instruction +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +.B man +cherchera automatiquement un répertoire de pages de manuel à proximité, +à savoir un sous-répertoire du «\ répertoire commandes\ » lui-même ou dans +le répertoire parent du «\ répertoire commandes\ ». +.PP +Vous pouvez désactiver la recherche automatique de proximité en incluant +l'instruction +.B NOAUTOPATH +dans le fichier de configuration +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +Dans chaque répertoire du chemin de recherche décrit plus haut, +.B man +cherche un fichier nommé +.IB sujet . section\fR, +avec un suffixe optionnel sur le numéro de section et un possible suffixe +de compression. S'il ne peut trouver un tel fichier, il regarde alors dans +tous les sous-répertoires nommés +.BI man N +ou +.BI cat N +où +.I N +est le numéro de la section du manuel. Si le fichier se trouve dans +le sous-répertoire +.B cat +.IR N , +.B man +suppose qu'il s'agit d'une page de manuel formatée (page cat). Autrement, +.B man +suppose qu'elle n'est pas formatée. Dans tous les cas, si le nom de +fichier comporte une extension indiquant une compression connue (comme +.BR .gz ), +.B man +suppose que le fichier est gzippé. +.PP +Si vous vouloir savoir où (ou si) +.B man +peut trouver une page de manuel sur un sujet particulier, utilisez l'option +.BR "--path " ( -w ). + +.SH ENVIRONNEMENT +.TP +.B MANPATH +Si la variable +.B MANPATH +est positionnée, +.B man +utilisera sa valeur comme chemin de recherche des pages de manuel. +Cette variable est prioritaire sur le fichier de configuration et le chemin +de recherche automatique, mais cède cette priorité si l'option +.B -M +est utilisée. Voir +.BR "CHEMIN DE RECHERCHE POUR LES PAGES DE MANUEL" . +.TP +.B MANPL +Si la variable +.B MANPL +est positionnée, sa valeur servira à définir la longueur de l'affichage de la +page. Autrement, la page entière est affichée sur une seule et longue page. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Si +.B MANROFFSEQ +est positionnée, sa valeur servira à déterminer le jeu de préprocesseurs +à exécuter avant de lancer +.B nroff +ou +.BR troff . +Par défaut, les pages sont passées dans le processeur de tableaux avant +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +Si +.B MANSECT +est positionnée, sa valeur déterminera les sections du manuel dans +lesquelles les pages seront recherchées. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Si +.B MANWIDTH +est positionnée, sa valeur servira à définir la largeur de l'affichage de la +page. Autrement, la page sera affichée sur toute la largeur de l'écran. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Si +.B MANPAGER +est positionnée, sa valeur sera considérée comme le nom du programme +à utiliser pour visualiser la page de manuel. Dans le cas contraire, +.B PAGER +sera utilisée. Si aucune des deux variables n'est positionnée, +.B @pager@ +sera utilisé. +.TP +.B LANG +Si +.B LANG +est positionnée, sa valeur définira le nom du sous-répertoire où +.B man +commencera la recherche des pages de manuel. Ainsi, la commande +«\ LANG=fr man 1 toto\ » aura pour effet de faire rechercher la page +toto dans .../fr/man1/toto.1, et si ce fichier n'existe pas, +dans .../man1/toto.1, où ... est un répertoire du chemin de recherche. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Les variables d'environnement +.B NLSPATH +et +.B LC_MESSAGES +(ou +.B LANG +lorsque la dernière n'existe pas) +jouent un rôle dans la localisation du catalogue de messages. +(Mais les messages anglais sont inclus dans le programme à la compilation, +aucun catalogue n'est donc nécessaire pour un affichage dans la langue de +Shakespeare.) +Notez que les programmes comme +.BR col (1) +qui sont appelés par +.BR man , +utilisent également LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +est utilisée pour la construction du chemin de recherche par défaut. Voir +.BR "CHEMIN DE RECHERCHE POUR LES PAGES DE MANUEL" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +est employée pour obtenir le nom du système alternatif par défaut (en vue de +l'utilisation de l'option +.B \-m +). +.SH BOGUES +L'option +.B \-t +ne fonctionne que si un programme «\ troff-like\ » est installé. +.br +Si vous voyez clignoter \e255 ou <AD> au lieu de traits d'union, +mettez «\ LESSCHARSET=latin1\ » dans votre environnement. +.SH ASTUCES +Si vous ajoutez la ligne + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +à votre fichier +.IR .emacs , +vous obtiendrez la page de manuel de l'appel de la bibliothèque situé à la +position courante du curseur lorsque vous presserez la touche F1. +.LP +Pour obtenir une version texte seul d'une page de manuel, sans retour arrière +ni caractère de soulignement, essayez + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt + +.SH AUTEUR +John W. Eaton est l'auteur historique de +.BR man . +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> en assure aujourd'hui la maintenance. +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR whatis (1), +.BR less (1), +.BR groff (1), +.BR man.conf (5). +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par René Cougnenc en mai 1995 et mise +à jour par Alain Portal <aportal@univ-montp2.fr> le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 1\ man\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. + diff --git a/man/fr/whatis.man b/man/fr/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed6d897 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/fr/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Traduction française René Cougnenc - Mai 1995. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH WHATIS 1 "19 septembre 2005" "Manuel Linux" "Commandes utilisateur" +.LO 1 +.SH NOM +whatis \- recherche de noms complets dans la base de données whatis. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI whatis +mot-clé ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +whatis effectue une recherche de mots-clés dans un ensemble de +fichiers de données contenant de brèves descriptions des commandes +système, et affiche le résultat sur la sortie standard. Seules les +entrées contenant le mot-clé complet sont affichées. +.LP +La base de données whatis est réalisée et mise à jour par la commande +@makewhatis@. + +.SH AUTEUR +John W. Eaton est l'auteur historique de +.BR man . +Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> en assure aujourd'hui la maintenance. +.SH "VOIR AUSSI" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1). + +.SH TRADUCTION +.PP +Ce document est une traduction réalisée par René Cougnenc en mai 1995 et mise +à jour par Alain Portal <aportal@univ-montp2.fr> le 7 novembre 2005. +.PP +L'équipe de traduction a fait le maximum pour réaliser une adaptation +française de qualité. La version anglaise la plus à jour de ce document est +toujours consultable via la commande\ : «\ \fBLANG=en\ man\ 1\ whatis\fR\ ». +N'hésitez pas à signaler à l'auteur ou au traducteur, selon le cas, toute +erreur dans cette page de manuel. diff --git a/man/hr.txt b/man/hr.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6db2627 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/hr.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +croatian diff --git a/man/hr/apropos.man b/man/hr/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1ca427 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/hr/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +.\" Man stranica za apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" MoŸete distribuirati pod uvjetima GNU Opæe javne licence kako je +.\" određeno u datoteci README koja dolazi s distribucijom mana 1.0. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" 9. studenog 1998. preveo Matej Vela <mvela@public.srce.hr>, META. +.TH apropos 1 "15. sijeènja 1991." +.SH IME +apropos \- traŸi niz u whatis bazi podataka +.SH SAźETAK +.BI apropos kljuèna_rijeè +... +.SH OPIS +.B apropos +traŸi kljuène rijeèi u skupu baza podataka koje sadrŸe kratke +opise naredbi sustava i prikazuje rezultate na standardnom izlazu. +.SH "TAKOĐER POGLEDAJTE" +.BR whatis (1), +.BR man (1). diff --git a/man/hr/man.conf.man b/man/hr/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c450f58 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/hr/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" +.\" 9. studenog 1998. preveo Matej Vela <mvela@public.srce.hr>, META. +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30. oŸujka 1994." +.SH IME +man.conf \- konfiguracijski podaci za man +.SH OPIS +Ovu datoteku èita +.BR man (1), +a sadrŸi +(a) informacije o izgradnji staze pretraŸivanja za man, +(b) pune staze i imena raznih programa kao čto je +.BR nroff ", " eqn ", " tbl +itd. koje man koristi, te +(c) popis programa za dekomprimiranje datoteka s navedenim nastavcima. +Neka druga verzija ove datoteke moŸe se odrediti pomoæu +.LP +.RS +man -C osobni_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Imenima naredbi mogu se dodati opcije. +Opcije korisne za +.B nroff +mogu se naæi u +.BR grotty (1). +Na primjer, umjesto predodređenog reda +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +moŸete napisati +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +kako biste iskljuèili potcrtavanje i precrtavanje. +.SH "TAKOĐER POGLEDAJTE" +.BR col (1), +.BR (g)eqn (1), +.BR (g)pic (1), +.BR groff (1), +.BR grotty (1), +.BR (g)refer (1), +.BR (g)tbl (1), +.BR less (1), +.BR man (1), +te +.BR compress (1), +.BR gzip (1). diff --git a/man/hr/man.man b/man/hr/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be92d5c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/hr/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +.\" Man stranica za man (i bivči manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" MoŸete distribuirati pod uvjetima GNU Opæe javne licence kako je +.\" određeno u datoteci README koja dolazi s distribucijom mana 1.0. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Mnoge promjene -- aeb +.\" +.\" 9. studenog 1998. preveo Matej Vela <mvela@public.srce.hr>, META. +.TH man 1 "2. rujna 1998." +.SH IME +man \- formatira i prikazuje raèunalne man stranice +.br +manpath \- saznaje korisnikovu stazu pretraŸivanja za man stranice +.SH SAźETAK +man [\-acdfhkKtwW] [\-m sustav] [\-p niz] [\-C konfiguracijska_datoteka] +[\-M staza] [\-P preglednik] [\-S popis_dijelova] [dio] ime ... +.SH OPIS +.B man +formatira i prikazuje raèunalne man stranice. Ova verzija poznaje varijable +okruŸja +.B MANPATH +i +.BR (MAN)PAGER , +pa moŸete imati svoje vlastite skupove osobnih man stranica i odabrati +Ÿeljeni program za prikaz formatiranih stranica. Ako je naveden +.IR dio , +.B man +pretraŸuje samo taj dio man stranica. +Također moŸete preko opcija na naredbenom redu ili varijabli okruŸja +odrediti red po kojem se pretraŸuju dijelovi te preprocesore kojima se +obrađuju izvorne datoteke. +Ako +.I ime +sadrŸi /, prvo ga se iskučava kao ime datoteke, pa tako moŸete pokrenuti +``man ./foo.5'' ili èak ``man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz''. +.SH OPCIJE +.TP +.B \-\^C " konfiguracijska_datoteka" +Koristi drugi +.IR man.conf ; +predodređeni je +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Pogledajte +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " staza" +.I staza +je popis direktorija u kojima se traŸe man stranice. +Ako takva opcija nije dana, koristi varijablu okruŸja +.BR MANPATH . +Ako takve varijable okruŸja nema, predodređeni popis se nalazi u +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Neispunjen dio u +.B MANPATH +odgovara predodređenom popisu. +.TP +.B \-\^P " preglednik" +Određuje koričteni preglednik. +Ova opcija ima prednost nad varijablom okruŸja +.BR MANPAGER , +koja pak ima prednost nad varijablom +.BR PAGER . +.B man +predodređeno koristi +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " popis_dijelova" +.I popis_dijelova +je popis dvotoèkama razdvojenih dijelova man stranica koje se pretraŸuje. +Ova opcija ima prednost nad varijablom okruŸja +.BR MANSECT . +.TP +.B \-\^a +.B man +predodređeno izlazi nakon prikazivanja prve nađene man stranice. Ova opcija +prisiljava +.B man +na prikaz svih man stranica èije je ime +.IR ime , +a ne samo prve. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Ponovno formatira izvornu man stranicu, èak i kada postoji svjeŸa cat +stranica. Ovo ima smisla ako je cat stranica formatirana za drukèiju čirinu +zaslona ili ako je preformatirana stranica pokvarena. +.TP +.B \-\^d +U stvari ne prikazuje man stranice, ali zato ispisuje gomilu informacija za +otklanjanje grečaka. +.TP +.B \-\^D +I prikazuje i ispisuje informacije za otklanjanje grečaka. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Isto čto i +.BR whatis . +.TP +.B \-\^h +Ispisuje poruku o koričtenju od jednog reda i zavrčava. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Isto čto i +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Navedeni niz traŸi u +.I svim +man stranicama. Upozorenje: ovo je vjerojatno vrlo sporo! Navođenje dijela +ubrzava stvari. +(Samo okvirno, na mom stroju ovo traje oko minutu na 500 man stranica.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " sustav" +PretraŸuje se drugi skup man stranica na osnovu danog imena sustava. +.TP +.B \-\^p " niz" +.I niz +određuje niz preprocesora koje treba pokrenuti prije pokretanja +.B nroff +odnosno +.BR troff . +Sve instalacije nemaju potpun skup preprocesora. Neki od preprocesora i +slova koja ih oznaèuju su: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Ova opcija ima prednost nad varijablom okruŸja +.BR MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +Za formatiranje man stranica koristi +.BR @troff@ , +čaljuæi izlaz na standardni izlaz. Izlaz iz +.B @troff@ +moŸe prije samog tiskanja zahtijevati prolazak kroz neki filter. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRili\fP \-\-path +U stvari ne prikazuje man stranice, ali zato ispisuje lokacije datoteka koje +bi se formatirale ili prikazale. Ako nije dan nijedan argument, prikazuje +(na standardnom izlazu) popis direktorija u kojima +.B man +traŸi man stranice. Ako je +.B manpath +veza na +.BR man , +onda ``manpath'' ima isti uèinak kao ``man --path''. +.TP +.B \-\^W +Kao \-\^w, ali svako ime datoteke ispisuje u zasebnom redu, bez dodatnih +informacija. Ovo je korisno u naredbama ljuske kao čto je +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft +.SH "CAT STRANICE" +.B man +æe pokučati snimiti formatirane man stranice kako bi učtedio vrijeme +formatiranja slijedeæi put kada te man stranice budu potrebne. +Tradicionalno se formatirane verzije stranica iz +.I DIREKTORIJ/manX +snimaju u +.IR DIREKTORIJ/catX , +no druga mapiranja man direktorija u cat direktorije se mogu odrediti u +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Kada potrebni cat direktorij ne postoji, cat stranice se ne snimaju. +.PP +.B man +se moŸe suid-ati na korisnika man. Potom æe, ako je vlasnik cat direktorija +man, uz dozvole 0755 (pisati moŸe samo man), a vlasnik cat datoteka man uz +dozvole 0644 ili 0444 (pisati moŸe samo man, odnosno nitko ne moŸe pisati), +nijedan obièni korisnik ne moŸe mijenjati cat stranice ili stavljati druge +datoteke u cat direktorij. Ako +.B man +nije suid-an, cat direktorij bi trebao imati dozvole 0777 +ako bi svi korisnici trebali moæi tamo ostavljati cat stranice. +.PP +Opcija +.B \-c +prisiljava na ponovno formatiranje stranice, èak i ako postoji svjeŸa cat +stranica. +.SH OKRUźJE +.TP +.B MANPATH +Ako je +.B MANPATH +postavljenja, njena se vrijednost koristi kao staza za traŸenje man +stranica. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Ako je +.B MANROFFSEQ +postavljena, njena vrijednost određuje skup preprocesora +koje treba pokrenuti prije pokretanja +.B nroff +odnosno +.BR troff . +Stranice predodređeno prolaze kroz preprocesor tablica prije nego prođu +kroz +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +Ako je +.B MANSECT +postavljena, njena vrijednost određuje dijelove man stranica +koje treba pretraŸiti. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Ako je +.B MANWIDTH +postavljena, njena se vrijednost koristi kao čirina u kojoj bi se man +stranice trebale prikazivati. Inaèe se stranice mogu prikazati preko cijele +čirine vačeg zaslona. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Ako je +.B MANPAGER +postavljena, njena se vrijednost koristi kao ime programa za prikaz man +stranice. Ako nije, koristi se +.BR PAGER . +Ako ni to nema vrijednosti, koristi se +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +Ako je +.B LANG +postavljena, njena vrijednost određuje ime poddirektorija u kojem +.B man +najprije traŸi man stranice. Dakle, naredba `LANG=hr man 1 foo' +.B man +tjera na traŸenje man stranice foo u .../hr/man1/foo.1, a ako takvu datoteku +ne moŸe naæi, u .../man1/foo.1, gdje ... oznaèava direktorij u stazi +pretrage. +.TP +.B NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG +Varijable okruŸja +.B NLSPATH +i +.B LC_MESSAGES +(odnosno +.B LANG +kada ova druga ne postoji) igraju ulogu u nalaŸenju kataloga poruka. +(No engleske su poruke ugrađene i engleski katalog nije potreban.) +Primjetite da programi koje +.B man +pokreæe, kao čto je +.BR col (1), +također mogu koristiti npr. +.BR LC_CTYPE . +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +se koristi u građenju predodređene staze traŸenja man stranica. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +se koristi za određivanje predodređenog imena drugog sustava (za koričtenje +uz opciju +.BR \-m ). +.SH "TAKOĐER POGLEDAJTE" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR whatis (1), +.BR less (1), +.BR groff (1). +.SH GRE©KE +Opcija +.B \-t +radi samo ako je instaliran +.BR troff-olik +program. +.PP +Ako umjesto crtica vidite trepæuæi \e255 ili <AD>, u okruŸje dodajte +`LESSCHARSET=latin1'. diff --git a/man/hr/whatis.man b/man/hr/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a19ea76 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/hr/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +.\" Man stranica za whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" MoŸete distribuirati pod uvjetima GNU Opæe javne licence kako je +.\" određeno u datoteci README koja dolazi s distribucijom mana 1.0. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" 9. studenog 1998. preveo Matej Vela <mvela@public.srce.hr>, META. +.TH whatis 1 "5. sijeènja 1991." +.SH IME +whatis \- traŸi potpune rijeèi u whatis bazi podataka +.SH SAźETAK +.BI whatis kljuèna_rijeè +... +.SH OPIS +.B whatis +traŸi kljuène rijeèi u skupu baza podataka koje sadrŸe kratke opise naredbi +sustava i prikazuje rezultate na standardnom izlazu. +Prikazuju se samo rijeèi koje potpuno odgovaraju zadanima. +.PP +.B whatis +baza podataka se stvara naredbom @makewhatis@. +.SH "TAKOĐER POGLEDAJTE" +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1). diff --git a/man/it.txt b/man/it.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a809ed0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +italian diff --git a/man/it/apropos.man b/man/it/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f52a72 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton.
+.\" Traduzione italiana by Michele Dalla Silvestra - dalla@maya.dei.unipd.it
+.\" Luglio 1996
+.\" Aggiornamento alla versione 1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Agosto 2006
+.\"
+.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public
+.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0
+.\" distribution.
+.\"
+.\" John W. Eaton
+.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu
+.\" Department of Chemical Engineering
+.\" The University of Texas at Austin
+.\" Austin, Texas 78712
+.\"
+.TH apropos 1 "19 settembre 2005"
+.LO 1
+.SH NOME
+apropos \- ricerca stringhe nel database di whatis
+.SH SINTASSI
+.BI apropos
+parola ...
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+apropos ricerca una parola chiave in database contenenti brevi
+descrizioni dei comandi di sistema e mostra i risultati sullo
+standard output.
+.SH AUTORE
+John W. Eaton è l'autore originale di
+.BR "man" .
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim ha rilasciato man 1.2, e Andries Brouwer le versioni da
+1.3 a 1.5p.
+Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> è il maintainer attuale.
+.SH "VEDERE ANCHE"
+whatis(1), man(1).
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/man/it/makewhatis.man b/man/it/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84d9450 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +.\" $Id: makewhatis.8,v 1.2 1999/05/24 14:40:26 otto Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it>
+.\" Traduzione italiana del medesimo
+.\" Aggiornamento alla versione 1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Agosto 2006
+.\"
+.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
+.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
+.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+.\"
+.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
+.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
+.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including
+.\" intermediate and printed output.
+.\"
+.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+.\" GNU General Public License for more details.
+.\"
+.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free
+.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
+.\" USA.
+.\"
+.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "19 settembre 2005"
+.SH NOME
+makewhatis \- Crea il database di whatis
+.SH SINTASSI
+.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " sezioni " ] [-c [" percorso_cat "]] [" percorso_man "]"
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+.B makewhatis
+legge tutte le pagine di manuale contenute nelle date
+.IR sezioni " in " percorso_man
+o nelle corrispondenti
+.IR sezioni " in " percorso_cat .
+Scrive, per ogni pagina, una riga nel database di whatis: ognuna
+consiste nel nome della pagina e in una breve descrizione separata da
+un trattino. La descrizione viene estratta basandosi sul contenuto
+della sezione NOME della pagina di manuale.
+.LP
+Poiché lingue diverse usano nomi diversi per indicare la sezione NOME,
+.B makewhatis
+riconosce il termine equivalente in ceco, finlandese, francese,
+inglese, italiano, spagnolo e tedesco.
+.LP
+Se non viene passato nessun argomento
+.I percorso_man ,
+viene usato
+.I /usr/man .
+.SH OPZIONI
+.TP
+.B -u
+Aggiorna il database con le nuove pagine.
+.TP
+.B -v
+Output più dettagliato.
+.TP
+.B -w
+Ottiene il percorso da `man --path`
+.TP
+.BI -s " sezioni"
+Guarda nelle
+.I sezioni
+di
+.IR percorso_man " or " percorso_cat .
+Se l'opzione manca, il suo valore viene posto a
+.I \'1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l\'
+.TP
+.BI -c " percorso_cat"
+Vengono considerate le pagine preformattate che si trovano in
+.I catpath .
+Se l'argomento è assente, viene usata la prima directory esistente fra
+.I /usr/man/preformat " e " /usr/man .
+.SH ESEMPI
+.PP
+Per ricostruire solo
+.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " e " /usr/local/man/whatis :
+.IP
+makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man
+.PP
+Per ricostruire tutti i database, inclusi quelli con le traduzioni
+finlandesi, francesi e italiane:
+.IP
+LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w
+.SH BACHI
+.B makewhatis
+potrebbe non aprezzare molto le pagine scritte con macro Troff non
+standard, come quelle di Tcl/Tk.
+.PP
+.B makewhatis
+non funziona con le traduzioni preformattate.
+.SH AUTORE
+John W. Eaton è l'autore originale di
+.BR "man" .
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim ha rilasciato man 1.2, e Andries Brouwer le versioni da
+1.3 a 1.5p.
+Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> è il maintainer attuale.
+.SH VEDERE ANCHE
+.BR apropos (1),
+.BR man (1),
+.BR whatis (1)
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/man/it/man.conf.man b/man/it/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8b7d71 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf
+.\" Traduzione italiana by Michele Dalla Silvestra - dalla@maya.dei.unipd.it
+.\" Luglio 1996
+.\" Correzioni stilistiche di Daniele Giacomini <daniele@evo.it>
+.\" Gennaio 1999
+.\" Aggiornamento alla versione 1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Agosto 2006
+.\"
+.TH MAN.CONF 5 "19 settembre 2005"
+.SH NOME
+man.conf \- configurazione di man
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+.LP
+Questo file è letto da
+.BR man (1)
+e contiene (a) informazioni su come costruire il percorso di ricerca per
+man, (b) percorso completo per vari programmi tipo nroff, eqn, tbl ecc.
+usati da man, e (c) una lista con programmi di dearchiviazione per file con una
+data estensione. Una versione alternativa di questo file può essere
+specificata con:
+.LP
+.RS
+man -C private_man.conf ...
+.RE
+.LP
+I nomi dei comandi possono essere forniti con opzioni.
+Opzioni utili a nroff possono essere trovate in grotty(1).
+Per esempio, invece della riga predefinita:
+.LP
+.RS
+.nf
+NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1
+.fi
+.RE
+.LP
+si potrebbe scrivere:
+.LP
+.RS
+.nf
+NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b
+.fi
+.RE
+.LP
+per eliminare la sottolineatura e la sovrascrittura.
+.SH FILE
+.I "@man_config_file@"
+.SH AUTORE
+John W. Eaton è l'autore originale di
+.BR "man" .
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim ha rilasciato man 1.2, e Andries Brouwer le versioni da
+1.3 a 1.5p.
+Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> è il maintainer attuale.
+.SH "VEDERE ANCHE"
+col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1),
+less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1).
diff --git a/man/it/man.man b/man/it/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a1ab57 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath)
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton.
+.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public
+.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0
+.\" distribution.
+.\"
+.\" John W. Eaton
+.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu
+.\" Department of Chemical Engineering
+.\" The University of Texas at Austin
+.\" Austin, Texas 78712
+.\"
+.\" Many changes - aeb
+.\" More changes - flc
+.\"
+.\" Traduzione italiana by Michele Dalla Silvestra - dalla@maya.dei.unipd.it
+.\" Luglio 1996
+.\" Correzioni stilistiche di Daniele Giacomini <daniele@evo.it>
+.\" Gennaio 1999
+.\" Aggiornamento a 1.5g di Ottavio Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it>
+.\" Aggiornamento alla versione 1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Agosto 2006
+.\"
+.TH man 1 "19 settembre 2005"
+.LO 1
+.SH NOME
+man \- formatta e mostra le pagine di manuale
+.SH SINTASSI
+.B man
+.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ]
+.RB [ --path ]
+.RB [ \-m
+.IR sistema ]
+.RB [ \-p
+.IR stringa ]
+.RB [ \-C
+.IR config_file ]
+.RB [ \-M
+.IR lista_percorsi ]
+.RB [ \-P
+.IR impaginatore ]
+.RB [ \-B
+.IR browser ]
+.RB [ \-H
+.IR impaginatorehtml ]
+.RB [ \-S
+.IR lista_sezione ]
+.RI [ sezione ]
+.I "nome ..."
+
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+.B man
+formatta e mostra le pagine di manuale. Se si specifica
+.IR sezione
+.B man
+cerca solo in quella sezione del manuale.
+.I nome
+normalmente è il nome della pagina di manuale, che è tipicamente il nome
+di un comando, funzione, o file.
+Tuttavia, se
+.I name
+contiene uno slash
+.RB ( / )
+allora
+.B man
+lo interpreta come la specificazione di un file, quindi si può fare
+.B "man ./foo.5"
+o anche
+.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP"
+.PP
+Vedere più avanti per una descrizione di dove
+.B man
+cerca i file delle pagine di manuale.
+
+.SH OPZIONI
+.TP
+.B \-\^C " file_configurazione"
+Specifica il file di configurazione da usare; il valore predefinito è
+.BR @man_config_file@
+(vedere
+.BR man.conf (5)).
+.TP
+.B \-\^M " percorso"
+Specifica la lista di directory in cui cercare le pagine di manuale.
+Separare le directory con caratteri ":". Una lista vuota è come non
+specificare
+.B \-M
+vedere
+.BR "PERCORSO DI RICERCA DELLE PAGINE DI MANUALE" .
+.TP
+.B \-\^P " impaginatore"
+Specifica il programma di impaginazione da usare.
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.BR MANPAGER ,
+che sovrascrive a sua volta la variabile
+.BR PAGER
+Per default,
+.B man
+usa
+.BR "@pager@" .
+.TP
+.B \-\^B
+Specifica quale browser usare con i file HTML.
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.B BROWSER
+Per default
+.B man
+usa
+.BR @browser@ ,
+.TP
+.B \-\^H
+Specifica un comando che riproduce i file HTML come testo.
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.B HTMLPAGER
+Per default,
+.B man
+usa
+.BR @htmlpager@ ,
+.TP
+.B \-\^S " lista_sezione"
+Lista è una lista di sezioni di manuale in cui cercare, separate da ":".
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.B MANSECT .
+.TP
+.B \-\^a
+Per default,
+.B man
+terminerà dopo aver visualizzato la prima pagina di manuale che trova.
+L'uso di questa opzione forza
+.B man
+a visualizzare tutte le pagine di manuale che corrispondono a
+.B nome,
+non solo la prima.
+.TP
+.B \-\^c
+Riformatta la pagina di manuale sorgente, anche se esiste una pagina cat
+aggiornata. Questo può essere importante se la pagina cat è stata
+formattata per uno schermo con un numero di colonne diverso, o se la
+pagina preformattata è danneggiata.
+.TP
+.B \-\^d
+Non visualizza le pagine di manuale, ma stampa informazioni di debug.
+.TP
+.B \-\^D
+Visualizza e stampa informazioni di debug.
+.TP
+.B \-\^f
+Equivalente di
+.BR whatis .
+.TP
+.BR \-\^F " or " \-\-preformat
+Formatta solo - non visualizza.
+.TP
+.B \-\^h
+stampa un messaggio di aiuto ed esce.
+.TP
+.B \-\^k
+Equivalente di
+.BR apropos .
+.TP
+.B \-\^K
+Cerca la stringa specificata in *tutte* le pagine di manuale. Attenzione:
+questo probabilmente è molto lento! Può essere di aiuto specificare una
+sezione.
+(Solo per dare un'idea di massima, sulla mia macchina impiega circa un
+minuto per 500 pagine di manuale).
+.TP
+.B \-\^m " sistema"
+Specifica un insieme alternativo di pagine di manuale in cui cercare
+basato sul nome di sistema dato.
+.TP
+.B \-\^p " stringa"
+specifica la sequenza dei preprocessori da eseguire prima di
+.B nroff
+o
+.BR troff .
+Non tutte le installazioni avranno un insieme completo di preprocessori.
+Alcuni dei preprocessori, e le lettere usate per designarli, sono:
+eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r).
+Questa opzione sovrascrive la variabile d'ambiente
+.B MANROFFSEQ .
+.TP
+.B \-\^t
+Usa
+.B @troff@
+per formattare la pagina di manuale, passando l'output a
+.B stdout.
+Il formato di output predefinito di
+.B @troff@
+è Postscript, fare riferimento alla pagina di manuale di
+.B @troff@
+per vedere i modi per scegliere un formato alternativo.
+.PP
+Secondo il formato selezionato e la disponibilità di dispositivi di stampa
+l'output deve passare attraverso alcuni filtri prima di essere stampato.
+.TP
+.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path
+Non visualizza le pagine di manuale, ma stampa la locazione(i) dei file
+che verrebbero formattati o visualizzati. Se non viene dato alcun
+argomento visualizza (sullo standard output) l'elenco delle directory in
+cui
+.B man
+cerca le pagine di manuale. Se
+.B manpath
+è un collegamento a man, allora "manpath" è equivalente a "man --path".
+.TP
+.B \-\^W
+Come \-\^w, ma stampa i nomi di file uno per linea, senza informazioni
+aggiuntive. Questo è utile in comandi shell come
+.ft CW
+.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l"
+.ft
+
+.SH "PAGINE CAT"
+Man cercherà di salvare le pagine formattate, allo scopo di risparmiare
+tempo di formattazione la prossima volta che queste pagine saranno
+necessarie. Tradizionalmente le versioni formattate delle pagine in
+DIR/manX sono salvate in DIR/catX, ma possono essere specificati
+altri percorsi da man dir a cat dir in
+.BR @man_config_file@ .
+Non viene salvata alcuna pagina cat quando la directory cat richiesta non
+esiste.
+Le pagine cat non vengono salvate quando sono formattate per una lunghezza
+della linea diversa da 80.
+Le pagine cat non vengono salvate quando man.conf contiene la linea NOCACHE.
+.PP
+E' possibile fare un suid di
+.B man
+a un utente man. In questo caso se una directory di cat ha come proprietario
+man e permessi 0755 (scrivibile solo da man), e i file cat hanno
+proprietario man e permessi 0644 o 0444 (scrivibili solo da man, o non
+scrivibili del tutto), nessun utente ordinario può cambiare le pagine cat
+o mettere altri file nella directory di cat. Se su
+.B man
+non viene fatto un suid, allora una directory cat deve avere permessi 0777
+se tutti gli utenti devono poter lasciare lì le pagine cat.
+.PP
+L'opzione
+.B \-c
+forza la riformattazione di una pagina, anche se esiste una pagina cat
+recente.
+
+.SH "PAGINE HTML"
+Man troverà le pagine HTML se esse vivono in directory con nome
+'html' seguita da una sezione. L'ultima estensione del
+file deve essere ".html", quindi un nome valido per una versione HTML
+della pagina di manuale di
+.BR ls (1)
+sarebbe
+.IR /usr/share/man/htmlman1/ls.1.html .
+
+.SH "PERCORSO DI RICERCA DELLE PAGINE DI MANUALE"
+.B man
+usa un metodo sofisticato per trovare i file delle pagine di manuale,
+basato su opzioni di invocazione e variabili d'ambiente, il file di
+configurazione
+.B @man_config_file@
+e alcune convenzioni e metodi euristici inclusi.
+.PP
+Prima di tutto, quando l'argomento
+.I nome
+di
+.B man
+contiene uno slash
+.RB ( / ),
+.B man
+assume che si tratti di una specificazione di file,
+e non viene fatta alcuna ricerca.
+.PP
+Ma nel caso normale in cui
+.I nome
+non contenga uno slash,
+.B man
+cerca in una varietà di directory un file che possa essere una pagina di
+manuale per il nome dato.
+.PP
+Se si specifica l'opzione
+.BI "-M " lista_percorsi
+.I lista_percorsi
+è un elenco di directory, separate da ":", nelle quali
+.B man
+cerca.
+.PP
+Se non si specifica
+.B -M
+ma si imposta la variabile d'ambiente
+.B MANPATH
+il valore di tale variabile è la lista di directory nelle quali
+.B man
+cerca.
+.PP
+Se non si specifica una lista percorsi esplicita con
+.B -M
+o
+.BR MANPATH ,
+.B man
+sviluppa la propria lista percorsi basata sul contenuto del file di
+configurazione
+.BR @man_config_file@ .
+La dichiarazione
+.B MANPATH
+nel file di configurazione identifica particolari direcotry da includere
+nel percorso di ricerca.
+.PP
+Inoltre le dichiarazioni
+.B MANPATH_MAP
+fanno aggiunte al percorso di ricerca in funzione del proprio percorso di
+ricerca dei comandi
+(es. la propria variabile d'ambiente
+.B PATH
+). Per ciascuna directory che potrebbe essere nel percorso di ricerca del
+comando, una dichiarazione
+.B MANPATH_MAP
+specifica una directory che deve essere aggiunta al percorso di ricerca
+dei file delle pagine di manuale.
+.B man
+guarda nella variabile
+.B PATH
+e aggiunge le directory corrispondenti al percorso di ricerca del file
+della pagina di manuale.
+Quindi, con l'uso appropriato di
+.BR MANPATH_MAP ,
+quando si dà il comando
+.BR "man xyz" ,
+si ottiene una pagina di manuale per il programma che verrebbe eseguito se
+si desse il comando
+.BR xyz .
+.PP
+In aggiunta, per ciascuna directory nel percorso di ricerca del comando
+(lo chiameremo una "directory del comando") per il quale
+.I non
+si ha una dichiarazione
+.B MANPATH_MAP ,
+.B man
+automaticamente cerca una directory di pagina di manuale "vicina", come
+una sottodirectory nella stessa directory del comando o nella directory di
+livello superiore della directory del comando.
+.PP
+Si possono disabilitare le ricerche automatiche "vicine" includendo una
+direttiva
+.B NOAUTOPATH
+in
+.BR @man_config_file@ .
+.PP
+In ciascuna directory nel percorso di ricerca come descritto in precedenza,
+.B man
+cerca un file chiamato
+.IB argomento . sezione\fR,
+con un suffisso opzionale sul numero di sezione e
+magari un suffisso di compressione.
+Se non trova un tale file, esso allora cerca in tutte le sottodirectory
+che si chiamano
+.BI man N
+o
+.BI cat N
+dove
+.I N
+è il numero di sezione del manuale.
+Se il file è in una sottodirectory
+.BI cat N
+.B man
+suppone che sia un file di una pagina di manuale formattata (pagina cat).
+Altrimenti
+.B man
+suppone che non sia formattato. In ogni caso se il nome del file ha un
+suffisso di compressione noto (come
+.BR .gz ),
+.B man
+suppone che sia compresso con gzip.
+.PP
+Se si vuole vedere dove (o se)
+.B man
+troverebbe la pagina di manuale per un particolare soggetto usare l'opzione
+.BR "--path " ( -w ) .
+
+.SH AMBIENTE
+.TP
+.B MANPATH
+Se
+.B MANPATH
+è impostata,
+.B man
+la usa come percorso di ricerca dei file delle pagine di manuale. Esso
+sovrascrive il file di configurazione e il percorso di ricerca automatico,
+ma è sovrascritta a sua volta dall'opzione di invocazione
+.B -M
+Vedere
+.BR "PERCORSO DI RICERCA DELLE PAGINE DI MANUALE" .
+.TP
+.B MANPL
+Se
+.B MANPL
+è impostata il suo valore è usato come lunghezza della pagina da
+visualizzare. Altrimenti l'intera pagina di manuale occuperà una (lunga)
+pagina.
+.TP
+.B MANROFFSEQ
+Se
+.B MANROFFSEQ
+è impostata il suo valore è usato per determinare l'insieme di
+preprocessori da eseguire prima di eseguire
+.B nroff
+o
+.BR troff .
+Per default le pagine vengono passate attraverso il preprocessore
+tbl prima di
+.BR nroff .
+.TP
+.B MANSECT
+Se
+.B MANSECT
+è impostata il suo valore è usato per determinare in quali sezioni del
+manuale cercare.
+.TP
+.B MANWIDTH
+Se
+.B MANWIDTH
+è impostata il suo valore è usato come ampiezza a cui le pagine di manuale
+devono essere visualizzate. Altrimenti le pagine possono essere
+visualizzate sull'intera larghezza del proprio schermo.
+.TP
+.B MANPAGER
+Se
+.B MANPAGER
+è impostata il suo valore è usato come nome del programma da usare per
+visualizzare la pagina di manuale. Se non lo è allora viene usata
+.B PAGER .
+Se nemmeno questa è impostata, viene usato
+.B @pager@ .
+.TP
+.B BROWSER
+Il nome di un browser da usare per visualizzare le pagine di manuale HTML.
+Se non è impostata viene usato @browser@ .
+.TP
+.B HTMLPAGER
+Il comando da usare per riprodurre le pagine di manuale HTML come testo.
+Se non è impostata viene usato @htmlpager@ .
+.TP
+.B LANG
+Se
+.B LANG
+è impostata il suo valore definisce il nome della sottodirectory ove man
+fa la prima ricerca delle pagine di manuale. Perciò il comando `LANG=dk man 1 foo'
+farà sì che man cerchi la pagina di manuale foo in .../dk/man1/foo.1,
+e, se non può trovare tale file, allora in .../man1/foo.1,
+dove ... è una directory nel percorso di ricerca.
+.TP
+.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG"
+Le variabili d'ambiente
+.B NLSPATH
+e
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+(o
+.B LANG
+quando l'ultima non esiste)
+giocano un ruolo nel localizzare il catalogo messaggi.
+(Ma i messaggi in inglese sono compilati nel programma, e per l'inglese
+non è necessario alcun catalogo).
+Notare che anche programmi come
+.BR col(1)
+chiamati da man usano ad es. LC_CTYPE.
+.TP
+.B PATH
+.B PATH
+aiuta a determinare il percorso di ricerca dei file delle pagine di
+manuale. Vedere
+.BR "PERCORSO DI RICERCA DELLE PAGINE DI MANUALE" .
+.TP
+.B SYSTEM
+.B SYSTEM
+è usata per ottenere il nome di sistema alternativo (da usare con l'
+opzione
+.B \-m
+).
+.SH BACHI
+L'opzione
+.B \-t
+funziona solo se è installato un programma tipo troff.
+.br
+Se si vedono lampeggiare \e255 o <AD> invece dei trattini,
+mettere `LESSCHARSET=latin1' nel proprio ambiente.
+.SH SUGGERIMENTI
+Se si aggiunge la linea
+
+ (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word))))
+
+al proprio file
+.IR .emacs ,
+allora la pressione di F1 darà la pagina di manuale della chiamata di
+libreria alla posizione corrente del cursore.
+.LP
+Per ottenere una versione testuale di una pagina di manuale, senza
+backspace e sottolineature, provare
+
+ # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt
+.SH AUTORE
+John W. Eaton è l'autore originale di
+.BR "man" .
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim ha rilasciato man 1.2, e Andries Brouwer le versioni da
+1.3 a 1.5p.
+Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> è il maintainer attuale.
+.SH VEDERE ANCHE
+apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5).
diff --git a/man/it/whatis.man b/man/it/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c2380d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/it/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton.
+.\" Traduzione italiana by Michele Dalla Silvestra - dalla@maya.dei.unipd.it
+.\" Luglio 1996
+.\" Aggiornamento alla versione 1.6d di Giulio Daprelà <giulio@pluto.it>
+.\" Agosto 2006
+.\"
+.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public
+.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0
+.\" distribution.
+.\"
+.\" John W. Eaton
+.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu
+.\" Department of Chemical Engineering
+.\" The University of Texas at Austin
+.\" Austin, Texas 78712
+.\"
+.TH whatis 1 "19 settembre 2005"
+.LO 1
+.SH NOME
+whatis \- ricerca parole complete nel database di whatis.
+.SH SINTASSI
+.BI whatis
+parola chiave ...
+.SH DESCRIZIONE
+whatis ricerca una parola chiave in database contenenti brevi
+descrizioni dei comandi di sistema e mostra i risultati sullo standard
+output. Solo le corrispondenze con parole intere sono mostrate.
+
+Il database whatis è creato usando il comando @makewhatis@.
+.SH AUTORE
+John W. Eaton è l'autore originale di
+.BR "man" .
+Zeyd M. Ben-Halim ha rilasciato man 1.2, e Andries Brouwer le versioni da
+1.3 a 1.5p.
+Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org> è il maintainer attuale.
+.SH "VEDERE ANCHE"
+apropos(1), man(1).
diff --git a/man/ja.txt b/man/ja.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01d5538 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ja.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +japanese diff --git a/man/ja/apropos.man b/man/ja/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..881c9ed --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ja/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Japanese Version Copyright (c) 1996 Tanoshima Hidetohsi +.\" all rights reserved. +.\" Dec 31, 1996 Tanoshima Hidetoshi <tano@sainet.or.jp> +.\" +.\" Modified Thu Jan 29 01:53:11 JST 1998 +.\" by HANATAKA Shinya <hanataka@abyss.rim.or.jp> +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Jan 15, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH ÌŸÁ° +apropos \- whatis „ÇĄŒ„ż„ÙĄŒ„č€è€êÊž»úÎó€òžĄșś€č€ëĄŁ +.SH œńŒ° +.BI apropos +keyword ... +.SH ÀâÌÀ +apropos „ł„Ț„ó„É€ÏĄą„·„č„Æ„àĄŠ„ł„Ț„ó„ɀΎÊñ€ÊČòÀ‏€ą€ë +„ÇĄŒ„ż„ÙĄŒ„襊„Ő„Ą„€„뀫€é„ĄŒ„ïĄŒ„É€òžĄșś€·Ąą +€œ€Î·ëČÌ€òÉžœàœĐÎÏ€ËÉœŒš€č€ëĄŁ +.SH "ŽŰÏąčàÌÜ" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/ja/man.conf.man b/man/ja/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1221fe5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ja/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" +.\" Japanese Version Copyright (c) 1997 HANATAKA Shinya +.\" all rights reserved. +.\" Translated Thu Jan 29 01:49:33 JST 1998 +.\" by HANATAKA Shinya <hanataka@abyss.rim.or.jp> +.\" +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Mar 1994" +.SH ÌŸÁ° +man.conf \- man „ł„Ț„ó„ɀ΀ż€á€ÎÀßÄê„Ő„Ą„€„ë +.SH ÀâÌÀ +.LP +€ł€Î„Ő„Ą„€„ë€Ï +.BR man (1) +„ł„Ț„ó„É€ËÆÉ€ßčț€Ț€ìĄą(a) man €Î€ż€ážĄșś„Ń„č€ò€É€Î€ä€Ă€ÆčœĂÛ€č€ë€«€ÎŸđÊóĄą +(b) nroff, eqn, tbl €Ê€É€Î€è€Š€Ê man €Ë€è€Ă€Æ»ÈÍŃ€”€ì€ë€€€Ż€Ä€«€Î +„Ś„í„°„é„à€ÎŽ°ÁŽ€Ê„Ń„čÌŸĄą(c) „Ő„Ą„€„ë€ÎłÈÄ„»Ò€Ž€È€ÎĆžł«ÊęËĄĄą€Ê€É€Î +ŸđÊó€òŽȚ€ó€Ç€€€ëĄŁ€ł€Î„Ő„Ą„€„ë€ÎÊÌ€Î„ĐĄŒ„ž„ç„ó€ò°ÊČŒ€Î€è€Š€Ë +»ŰÄê€č€ë€ł€È€Ź€Ç€€ëĄŁ +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +„ł„Ț„ó„ÉÌŸ€Ë€Ï„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€òÉŐ€±€ë€ł€È€Ź€Ç€€ëĄŁ +nroff €ËŽŰ€·€Æ€ÎÊŰÍű€Ê„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€ò grotty(1) €Ëž«€Ä€±€ë€ł€È€Ź€Ç€€ëĄŁ +Î〚€ĐĄą„Ç„Ő„©„ë„ȀΠ+.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +€Î€«€ï€ê€Ë +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +€Èœń€čț€à€ł€È€Ź€Ç€ĄąČŒÀț€äœĆ€ÍÂÇ€Á€òÍȚÀ©€č€ë€ł€È€Ź€Ç€€ëĄŁ +.SH ŽŰÏąčàÌÜ +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1), compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/ja/man.man b/man/ja/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..725981c --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ja/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" Japanese Version Copyright (c) 1996 Tanoshima Hidetohsi +.\" all rights reserved. +.\" Dec 31, 1996 Tanoshima Hidetoshi <tano@sainet.or.jp> +.\" +.\" Modified Thu Jan 29 01:52:36 JST 1998 +.\" by HANATAKA Shinya <hanataka@abyss.rim.or.jp> +.\" +.TH man 1 "September 12, 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH ÌŸÁ° +man \- „Ș„ó„é„€„ó„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„ë„ÚĄŒ„ž€òÀ°·Á€·ÉœŒš€č€ëĄŁ +.br +manpath \- „æĄŒ„¶ĄŒžÄĄč€Î„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„ë„ÚĄŒ„ž€ÎžĄșś„Ń„č€ò·è€á€ëĄŁ +.SH œńŒ° +man [\-adfhktwW] [\-m system] [\-p string] [\-C config_file] [\-M path] +[\-P pager] [\-S section_list] [section] name ... +.SH ÀâÌÀ +.B man +€Ï„Ș„ó„é„€„óĄŠ„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€òÀ°·Á€·ÉœŒš€č€ëĄŁ€ł€Î„ĐĄŒ„ž„ç„ó +€Î man „ł„Ț„ó„ɀǀώĶÊŃżô MANPATH €È (MAN)PAGER €òÀßÄê€Ç€€ëĄŁ +€ł€ì€Ë€è€êĄąžÄżÍĆȘ€Ê„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„ë„ÚĄŒ„ž€òÀßÄꀷ€ż€êĄąÀ°·Á€·€ż„ÚĄŒ„ž€ò +ÉœŒš€č€ë„Ś„í„°„é„à€òč„€€ËÁȘ€Ù€ëĄŁ +.I section +€ò»ŰÄê€č€ë€ÈĄą +.B man +€Ï„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„ë€Î€œ€Î„»„Ż„·„ç„ó€Î€ßĂ”€čĄŁ€Ț€ż„ł„Ț„ó„É„é„€„óĄŠ„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€ä +ŽÄ¶ÊŃżô€ÇĄą€œ€ì€Ÿ€ì€Î„»„Ż„·„ç„ó€òžĄșś€č€ëœçœű€äĄą„œĄŒ„襊„Ő„Ą„€„ë€Ë +ÂĐ€·€Æ€É€ó€Ê„Ś„ê„Ś„í„»„Ă„”€òÍŃ€€€ë€«€ò»ŰÄꀷ€ż€ê€č€ë€ł€È€Ź€Ç€€ëĄŁ +.I name +€Ë / €ŹŽȚ€Ț€ì€Æ€€€ë€È€ man „ł„Ț„ó„ɀπȚ€ș„Ő„Ą„€„ëÌŸ€È€·€Æ°·€ŠĄŁ +€·€ż€Ź€Ă€Æ +.B "man ./foo.5" +€Ț€ż€Ï +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR\fP" +€È€”€š€Ç€€ëĄŁ +.SH „Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +»ÈÍŃ€č€ë man.conf „Ő„Ą„€„ë€ò»ŰÄê€č€ëĄŁ„Ç„Ő„©„ë„È€Ï +.BR @man_config_file@ +(»ČŸÈĄ§ man.conf(5)) +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€òĂ”€č„Ç„Ł„ì„Ż„È„ê€Î„ê„č„È€ò»ŰÄê€č€ëĄŁ +€ł€Î„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€ò»ŰÄꀷ€Ê€€Ÿìč祹ŽÄ¶ÊŃżô +.B MANPATH +€ò»È€ŠĄŁ€ł€ÎŽÄ¶ÊŃżô€â»ŰÄꀷ€Ê€€€ÈĄą +.BR @man_config_file@ +€Ë»ŰÄꀔ€ì€ż„Ç„Ő„©„ë„Ȁ΄ê„č„È€ò»È€ŠĄŁ +MANPATH Ăæ€Î¶ő€ÎÊž»úÎó€Ï„Ç„Ő„©„ë„Ȁ΄ê„č„È€ò°ŐÌŁ€č€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +»ÈÍŃ€č€ë„ÚĄŒ„ž„ăĄŒ€ò»ŰÄê€č€ëĄŁ„Ç„Ő„©„ë„È€Ç€Ï man €Ï +.BR @pager@ +€ò»È€ŠĄŁ€ł€Î„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€ÏŽÄ¶ÊŃżô +.B MANPAGER +€è€êÍ„Àè€č€ëĄŁ€ł€ÎŽÄ¶ÊŃżô€Ï +.B PAGER +€è€ê€âÍ„Àè€č€ëĄŁ„Ç„Ő„©„ë„È€Ç€Ï +.B man +€Ï +.BR @pager@ +€ò»ÈÍŃ€č€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^S " section_list" +„ł„í„ó€ÇÊŹ€±€é€ì€ż„ê„č„È€ÇĄą„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„ë€òĂ”€č„»„Ż„·„ç„ó€ò +»ŰÄê€č€ëĄŁ€ł€Î„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€ÏŽÄ¶ÊŃżô +.B MANSECT +€è€êÍ„À耔€ì€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^a +„Ç„Ő„©„ë„È€Ç€ÏĄąman €Ïž«€Ä€«€Ă€żșÇœé€Î„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„ë„ÚĄŒ„ž€òÉœŒš +€·€ż€ą€ÈœȘλ€č€ëĄŁ€ł€Î„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€ò»È€Š€ÈĄąman €ÏșÇœé€Ë€ß€Ä€«€Ă€ż +€â€Î€À€±€Ç€Ê€Ż +.B name +€Ë„Ț„Ă„Á€·€ż€č€Ù€Æ€Î„ÚĄŒ„ž€òÉœŒš€č€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^c +șÇż·€Î cat ·ÁŒ°€Î„ÚĄŒ„ž€Ź€ą€Ă€Æ€â„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„ë„ÚĄŒ„ž€Î„œĄŒ„č€ò +À°·Á€·€Ê€Ș€čĄŁ€ł€Î„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€Ï cat „ÚĄŒ„ž€ŹĂŒËö€È°ă€Ă€żÉę€Ç +À°·Á€”€ì€Æ€€€ë€È€€äČő€ì€Æ€€€ëŸìčç€Ê€É€ËÍÍрǀą€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^d +„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€òÉœŒš€»€șĄąÂçÎÌ€Î„Ç„Đ„Ă„°ŸđÊó€òœĐÎÏ€č€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^D +„Ç„Đ„Ă„°ŸđÊó€È„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€ÎΟÊę€òÉœŒš€č€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^f +.B whatis +„ł„Ț„ó„É€ÈƱ€žĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^h +1čÔ„Ű„ë„ŚĄŠ„á„Ă„»ĄŒ„ž€òÉœŒš€·€ÆœȘλ€č€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^k +.B apropos +„ł„Ț„ó„É€ÈƱ€žĄŁ +.B \-\^K +ĄÖÁŽ€Æ€ÎĄŚ„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€è€ê»ŰÄꀷ€żÊž»úÎó€òĂ”€čĄŁ·Ùčđ: €ł€ì€Ï +ÈóŸï€ËĂÙ€€€Î€Ç „»„Ż„·„ç„ó€ò»ŰÄꀷ€żÊꀏÎÉ€€ĄŁ(»ä€Î„Ț„·„ó€Ç€ÏĄą +€À€€€ż€€€ÎÌܰ€Ȁ·€ÆĄą500 „ÚĄŒ„ž€òžĄșś€č€ë€Î€Ë 1ÊŹŽÖ€«€«€ëĄŁ) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +Ề΄·„č„Æ„à€Î„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€òžĄșś€č€ë€è€Š€Ë»ŰÄê€č€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +.B nroff +€ä +.B troff +€Î€Ț€š€ËŒÂčÔ€č€ë„Ś„ê„Ś„í„»„Ă„”€ÎœçÈÖ€ò»ŰÄê€č€ëĄŁ +„€„ó„č„ÈĄŒ„ë€ÎŸőÂրˀè€Ă€Æ€Ï„Ő„ë„»„Ă„È€Î +„Ś„ê„Ś„í„»„Ă„”€ŹÍŃ°Ő€”€ì€Æ€Ê€€€«€â€·€Ê€€ĄŁ€€€Ż€Ä +€«€Î„Ś„ê„Ś„í„»„Ă„”€È€œ€ì€ò»Ű€·Œš€čÊž»ú€ÏŒĄ€Î€È€Ș€êĄ§ +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r)ĄŁ +€ł€Î„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€ÏŽÄ¶ÊŃżô +.B MANROFFSEQ +€è€êÍ„À耔€ì€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^t +„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€ÎÀ°·Á€Ë +.B @troff@ +€ò»È€€Ąą +.B stdout +€ËœĐÎÏ€č€ëĄŁ +.B @troff@ +€«€é€ÎœĐÎπϰőșț€č€ë€Ț€š€Ë€Ê€ó€é€«€Î„Ő„Ł„ë„żĄŒ€Ê€É€òÄÌ€čÉŹÍŚ +€Ź€ą€ë€«€â€·€ì€Ê€€ĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +„Ț„Ë„ć„ąĄŠ„ë„ÚĄŒ„ž€òÉœŒš€»€șĄą€č€Ç€Ë„Ő„©ĄŒ„Ț„Ă„È€Ț€ż€ÏÉœŒš€Ë»ÈÍŃ€č€ë +„œĄŒ„襊„Ő„Ą„€„ë€Î°ÌĂÖ€òÉœŒš€č€ëĄŁ°úżô€òÍż€š€Ê€€€È +.B man +€Ź„Ț„Ë„ć„ąĄŠ„ë„ÚĄŒ„ž€òžĄșś€č€ë„Ç„Ł„ì„Ż„È„ê€Î„ê„č„È€ò(ÉžœàœĐÎÏ€Ë)ÉœŒš€č€ëĄŁ +.B manpath +€Ź man €Ë„ê„ó„Ż€”€ì€Æ€€€ë€È€€Ï "manpath" €Ï "man --path" €È +Ʊ€ž€Ë€Ê€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B \-\^W +\-\^w €Ë»ś€Æ€€€ë€ŹĄą„Ő„Ą„€„ëÌŸ€òÄÉČĂŸđÊó€Ê€·€ËŁ±čÔŁ±€Ä€ș€ÄÉœŒš€č€ëĄŁ +€ł€ì€Ï„·„§„ëŸć€Ç +.ft CW +,B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft +€Ê€É€È»È€Š€Î€ËÊŰÍű€Ç€ą€ëĄŁ + +.SH "CAT „ÚĄŒ„ž" +man „ł„Ț„ó„ɀπč€Ç€ËÀ°·Á€”€ì€ż„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„ë„ÚĄŒ„ž€òĄąŒĄ€Ë€œ€Î +„ÚĄŒ„ž€ŹÉŹÍŚ€Ë€Ê€Ă€ż€È€€ÎÀ°·Á»țŽÖ€ÎÀáÌó€Î€ż€á€ËĄąÊĘž€·€è€Š +€È€č€ëĄŁĆÁĆęĆȘ€ËĄąDIR/manX €ÎÀ°·Áșр߄Ț„Ë„ć„ą„ë€Ï DIR/catX €Ë +„»ĄŒ„Ö€”€ì€ë€ŹĄąman „Ç„Ł„ì„Ż„Ȅꀫ€é cat „Ç„Ł„ì„Ż„È„ê€Ű€Î +Ÿ€Î„Ț„Ă„Ô„ó„°ÊęËĄ€ò +.BR @man_config_file@ +€Ë»ŰÄê€Ç€€ëĄŁ +cat „Ç„Ł„ì„Ż„È„ê€ŹÍŃ°Ő€”€ì€Æ€Ê€«€Ă€żŸìč祹cat „ÚĄŒ„ž€Ï„»ĄŒ„Ö€”€ì€Ê€€ĄŁ +.PP +man „ł„Ț„ó„É€ò„æĄŒ„¶ĄŒ man €Ë suid €č€ë€ł€È€Ź€Ç€€ëĄŁ€œ€Î€č€ë€È + cat „Ç„Ł„ì„Ż„È„ê€Î„ȘĄŒ„ÊĄŒ€Ź man €«€Ä„âĄŒ„É€Ź 0755 („æĄŒ„¶ĄŒ man €À€±€Ź +œń€čț€ßČÄ)€ÇĄącat „Ő„Ą„€„ë€Î„ȘĄŒ„ÊĄŒ€Ź man €«€Ä„âĄŒ„É€Ź 0644 €Ț€ż€Ï +0444 („æĄŒ„¶ĄŒ man €À€±€Źœń€čț€ßČÄĄą€Ț€ż€Ï„æĄŒ„¶ĄŒ€č€Ù€Æ€Źœń€čț€ßÉÔČÄ) +€Î€È€ĄąÉáÄÌ€Î„æĄŒ„¶ĄŒ€Ï cat „ÚĄŒ„ž€òÊŃč耷€ż€êŸ€Î„Ő„Ą„€„ë€ò cat „Ç„Ł„ì +„Ż„È„êĂÖ€€€ż€ê€č€ë€ł€È€Ź€Ç€€Ê€Ż€Ê€ëĄŁ man „ł„Ț„ó„É€Ź suid €”€ì€Æ€€€Ê€±€ì€ĐĄą +€č€Ù€Æ€Î„æĄŒ„¶ĄŒ€Ź cat „ÚĄŒ„ž€ò cat „Ç„Ł„ì„Ż„È„ê€ËĂÖ€±€ë€è€Š€ËĄą +cat „Ç„Ł„ì„Ż„È„ê€Î„âĄŒ„É€ò 0777 €Ë€č€ëÉŹÍŚ€Ź€ą€ëĄŁ +.PP +cat „ÚĄŒ„ž€Ź€ą€Ă€ż€È€·€Æ€âĄą„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó +.B \-c +€ò€Ä€±€ë€È¶ŻÀ©ĆȘ€Ë„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„ë„ÚĄŒ„ž€òșÆÀ°·Á€č€ëĄŁ + +.SH ŽÄ¶ÊŃżô +.TP +.B MANPATH +.B MANPATH +€òÀßÄê€č€ë€ÈĄą„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€òĂ”€č€È€€œ€Î„Ń„č€ò»È€ŠĄŁ +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +.B MANROFFSEQ +€òÀßÄê€č€ë€ÈĄąnroff €ä troff €ÎÁ°€ËŒÂčÔ€č€ë„Ś„ê„Ś„í„»„Ă„” +€ò·èÄê€č€ë€Î€Ë€œ€ÎĂÍ€ò»È€ŠĄŁ„Ç„Ő„©„ë„ȀǀτȚ„Ë„ć„ą„ë„ÚĄŒ„ž€Ï +.B nroff +€Î€Ț€š€Ë„ÆĄŒ„Ö„ëÍр΄Ś„ê„Ś„í„»„Ă„”€ËÄÌ€”€ì€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B MANSECT +.B MANSECT +€òÀßÄê€č€ë€ÈĄą€œ€ÎĂÍ€òž”€Ë€É€Î„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„»„Ż„·„ç„ó€òĂ”€č€«€ò·è€á€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +.B MANWIDTH +€òÀßÄê€č€ë€ÈĄą€œ€ÎĂÍ€òÉœŒš€č€ë„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€ÎÉę€È€·€Æ»ÈÍŃ€č€ëĄŁ +»ŰÄꀷ€Ê€«€Ă€żŸìčç€Ë€ÏČèÌÌ€ÎÉę°ìÇŐ€Ț€Ç»ÈÍŃ€č€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B MANPAGER +.B MANPAGER +€òÀßÄê€č€ë€ÈĄą„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€òÉœŒš€č€ë„Ś„í„°„é„à€È€·€Æ»ÈÍŃ€č€ëĄŁ +»ŰÄꀷ€Ê€«€Ă€żŸìčç€Ë€ÏĄą +.B PAGER +€Ź»ÈÍŃ€”€ì€ëĄŁ€É€Á€é€âÀßÄꀔ€ì€Æ€€€Ê€€Ÿìčç€Ë€Ï +.B @pager@ +€Ź»È€ï€ì€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B LANG +.B LANG +€òÀßÄê€č€ë€ÈĄąman „ł„Ț„ó„É€œ€ÎÌŸÁ°€Î„”„Ö„Ç„Ł„ì„Ż„Ȅꀫ€éșÇœé€Ë +„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊€ÚĄŒ„ž€òĂ”€čĄŁ€œ€ì€æ€šĄą'LANG=dk man 1 foo' +€È„ł„Ț„ó„É„é„€„󀫀éÂÇ€Ä€ÈĄąman „ł„Ț„ó„ɀπȚ€ș .../dk/man1/foo.1 €òĂ”€·Ąą +ž«€Ä€«€é€Ê€±€ì€Đ .../man1/foo.1 €òĂ”€čĄŁ€ł€Î ... €Ï„”ĄŒ„Á„Ń„č +€Î„Ç„Ł„ì„Ż„È„ê€Ç€ą€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +ŽÄ¶ÊŃżô +.B NLSPATH +€È +.B LC_MESSAGES +(€Ț€żžćŒÔ€Ź€Ê€€€È€€Ï +.B LANG +)€Ï„á„Ă„»ĄŒ„žĄŠ„«„ż„í„°€Î°ÌĂÖ€ò»ŰÄê€č€ëĄŁ +(±Ńžì€Î„á„Ă„»ĄŒ„ž€Ï„ł„ó„Ń„€„ë»ț€ËÁÈ€ßčț€Ț€ì€Æ€€€ë€Î€ÇĄą±Ńžì€ÎŸìčç€Ï + „«„ż„í„°€ÏÉŹÍŚ€Ê€€) +man €ËžÆ€ÓœĐ€”€ì€ë col(1) €Î€è€Š€Ê +mo„Ś„í„°„é„à€Ï Ąą€ż€È€š€Đ LC_CTYPE +»È€Š€ł€È€ËĂí°Ő€č€ë€ł€ÈĄŁ +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +€Ï„Ț„Ë„ć„ą„륊„ÚĄŒ„ž€Î„Ç„Ő„©„ë„ȀΞĄșś„Ń„č€ÎčœĂۀ˻Ȁï€ì€ëĄŁ +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +€Ï„Ç„Ő„©„ë„Ȁ΄·„č„Æ„àÌŸ€òÆÀ€ë€Î€Ë»È€ï€ì€ëĄŁ +( +.B \-m +„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€È€È€â€Ë»È€Š) +.SH ŽŰÏąčàÌÜ +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH „Đ„° +.B \-t +„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€Ï troff „é„€„Ż€Ê„Ś„í„°„é„à€Ź„€„ó„č„ÈĄŒ„뀔€ì€Æ€€€ë +Ÿìčç€Î€ßÍžú€Ç€ą€ëĄŁ +.br +€â€·„Ï„€„Ő„ó€Î€«€ï€ê€ËĄąĆÀÌÇ€č€ë \e255 €ä <AD> €ŹÉœŒš€”€ì€żŸìčç€Ë€Ï +ŽÄ¶ÊŃżô€Ë 'LESSCHARSET=latin1' €òÀßÄê€č€ë€ÈÎÉ€€ĄŁ + +(ÌőĂí: ÆüËÜžì€ò»ÈÍŃ€č€ëŸìčç€Ë€Ï +'JLESSCHARSET=ja_JP.ujis' €Ț€ż€Ï 'LESSCHARSET=ja_JP.ujis' +€ò»ÈÍŃ€č€ë€ż€á€ËĄą€ł€ÎÊęËĄ€Ç€ÏÂбț€Ç€€Ê€€ĄŁgroff €Î„Ș„Ś„·„ç„ó€Ç +\-Tnippon €Ț€ż \-Tascii €ò»ÈÍŃ€č€ë€ł€ÈĄŁ) diff --git a/man/ja/whatis.man b/man/ja/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2b27e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ja/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Japanese Version Copyright (c) 1997 HANATAKA Shinya +.\" all rights reserved. +.\" Translated Thu Jan 29 01:52:06 JST 1998 +.\" by HANATAKA Shinya <hanataka@abyss.rim.or.jp> +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Jan 5, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH ÌŸÁ° +whatis \- whatis „ÇĄŒ„ż„ÙĄŒ„耫€éŽ°ÁŽ€Êñžì€òžĄșś€č€ë +.SH œńŒ° +.BI whatis +keyword ... +.SH ÀâÌÀ +whatis €Ï„·„č„Æ„à€Î„ł„Ț„ó„ɀˎۀč€ëÀâÌÀ€È„ĄŒ„ïĄŒ„É€òŽȚ€ó€À„ÇĄŒ„ż +„ÙĄŒ„č€Îœžčç€òžĄșś€·Ąą·ëČÌ€òÉžœàœĐÎÏ€ËÉœŒš€č€ëĄŁŽ°ÁŽ€Ë„Ț„Ă„Á€·€żĂ±žì +€Î€ß€ŹÉœŒš€”€ì€ëĄŁ + +whatis „ÇĄŒ„ż„ÙĄŒ„č€Ï /usr/sbin/makewhatis „ł„Ț„ó„É€ò»ÈÍŃ€·€ÆșîÀź€č€ëĄŁ +.SH ŽŰÏąčàÌÜ +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/ko.txt b/man/ko.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69c04c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ko.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +korean diff --git a/man/ko/apropos.man b/man/ko/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d34a72e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ko/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Jan 15, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +apropos \- whatis ”„ÀÌĆžșŁÀÌœșÀÇ čźÀÚżÀ» °Ë»öÇŃŽÙ +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI apropos +Ć°żö”ć ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +aproposŽÂ œĂœșĆÛ ží·ÉÀ» Ć°żö”ć·Î ÇÏŽÂ ż©·Ż ŒÂÀž·Î ÀÌ·çŸîÁű ”„ÀÌĆžșŁÀÌœșžŠ °Ë»öÇÏż© ±Ś °á°úžŠ Ç„ÁŰĂâ·ÂÀž·Î șžż©ÁŰŽÙ. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/ko/man.conf.man b/man/ko/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2f6a8b --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ko/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Mar 1994" +.SH ÀÌž§ +man.conf \- manÀ» À§ÇŃ ±žŒș ÀÚ·á +.SH Œłží +.LP +ÀÌ ÆÄÀÏÀș +.BR man (1) +żĄ ÀÇÇŰ ÀĐŸîÁö°í, (a) manÀ» À§ÇŃ °Ë»ö °æ·Î Á¶°Ç čæč꿥 °üÇŃ Á€șž, +(b) nroff, eqn, tbl ”î°ú °°Àș manżĄ ÀÇÇŰ »çżë”ÇŽÂ ż©·Ż°ĄÁö ÇÁ·Î±Ś·„À» À§ÇŃ +ÀęŽë °æ·Îží, (c) ÆÄÀÏżĄ ÁÖŸîÁű ÈźÀćÀÚžŠ À§ÇŃ ŸĐĂàÇź±âÀÇ žźœșÆź žŠ ÆśÇÔÇÏ°í +ÀÖŽÙ. ÀÌ ÆÄÀÏÀ» ŽëœĆÇÏŽÂ čöÁŻÀș ŽÙÀœ Ăł·ł ÁöÁ€ÇÒ Œö ÀÖŽÙ. +.LP +.RS +man -C private_man.config ... +.RE +.LP +ží·É ÀÌž§Àș żÉŒÇ”é°ú °°ÀÌ ÁŠ°ű ÇÒ Œö ÀÖŽÙ. +nroffžŠ À§ÇŃ ÀŻżëÇŃ żÉŒÇÀș grotty(1)żĄŒ ĂŁÀ» Œö ÀÖŽÙ. +żčžŠ ”éŸî, ±âș» ŒłÁ€ +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +ŽëœĆ +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +žŠ čŰÁÙ°ú ±œÀș ±ÛŸŸ(șŒ”ćĂŒ)žŠ ÁŠ°ĆÇϱâ À§ÇŰ Ÿ”Áö”” žđž„ŽÙ. +.SH °ü·Ă ÇŚžń +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) żÍ compress(1), gzip(1). +.SH żȘÀÚ +čèŒșÈÆ <plodder@kldp.org>, 2000łâ 5żù 5ÀÏ + diff --git a/man/ko/man.man b/man/ko/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..109781f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ko/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.TH man 1 "September 2, 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH ÀÌž§ +man \- żÂ¶óÀÎ žĆŽșŸó ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ ÇüœÄÈÇÏ°í Ç„œĂ +.br +manpath \- žÇ ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ À§ÇŰ »çżëÀÚÀÇ °Ë»ö °æ·ÎžŠ °áÁ€ +.SH »çżëčę +man [\-acdfFhkKtwW] [\-m system] [\-p string] [\-C config_file] [\-M path] +[\-P pager] [\-S section_list] [section] name ... +.SH Œłží +.B man +Àș żÂ¶óÀÎ žĆŽșŸó ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ ÇüœÄÈÇÏ°í Ç„œĂÇŃŽÙ. +ÀÌ čöÀüÀș +.B MANPATH +żÍ +.B (MAN)PAGER +ÈŻ°æ șŻŒöžŠ ÀÎœÄÇŃŽÙ. ±Ś·ŻčÇ·Î ÀÚœĆÀÇ °łÀÎÀûÀÎ žÇ ÆäÀÌÁö ÁęÇŐÀ» °ĄÁú Œö ÀÖ°í +ÇüœÄÈ”È ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ Ç„œĂÇϱâ À§ÇŰ ÁÁŸÆÇÏŽÂ ÇÁ·Î±Ś·„À» Œ±ĆĂÇÒ Œö ÀÖŽÙ. žžŸà +.I section +ÀÌ ÁöÁ€”Çžé, +.B man +Àș ŽÜÁö ±Ś ŒœŒÇżĄŒžž žĆŽșŸóÀ» ĂŁŸÆ șžż©ÁŰŽÙ. ží·ÉÇà żÉŒÇÀÌłȘ ÈŻ°æ șŻŒöžŠ ĆëÇŰŒŒœŒÇ °Ë»ö ŒűŒżÍ ŒÒœș ÆÄÀÏżĄ ŽëÇŰ ŸîŽÀ ÀüĂłžź±âžŠ »çżëÇÒ °ÍÀÎÁö ÁöÁ€ÇÒ Œö ÀÖŽÙ. +žžŸà +.I name +ÀÌ / À» ÆśÇÔÇÏžé, ÀÌ°ÍÀș ÆÄÀÏžíÀž·Î žŐÀú Ăłžź”ÈŽÙ. ±Ś·ĄŒ +.B "man ./foo.5" +È€Àș +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz" +Ăł·ł ÁöÁ€ ÇÒ Œö ÀÖŽÙ. +.SH żÉŒÇ +.TP +.B \-\^C " config_file" +»çżë ÇÒ man.conf ÆÄÀÏÀ» ÁöÁ€; ±âș» °ȘÀș +.B @man_config_file@ +ÀÌŽÙ. +( +.BR man.conf (5) șž¶ó.) +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +žÇ ÆäÀÌÁö °Ë»öÀ» À§ÇŃ ”đ·șĆäžź žźœșÆźžŠ ÁöÁ€ÇŃŽÙ. +ÀÌ żÉŒÇÀÌ ÁÖŸîÁöÁö ŸÊÀžžé, ÈŻ°æ șŻŒö +.B MANPATH +žŠ »çżëÇŃŽÙ. žžŸà ÈŻ°æ șŻŒöžŠ čß°ßÇÏÁö žűÇÏžé +.B @man_config_file@ +żĄ ÀÇÇŃ ±âș» žźœșÆźžŠ »çżëÇŃŽÙ. +.B MANPATH +°Ą șńż© ÀÖÀžžé ±âș» žźœșÆźÀÌŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +»çżëÇÒ ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ ÁöÁ€ÇŃŽÙ. +ÀÌ żÉŒÇÀș +.B MANPAGER +ÈŻ°æ șŻŒöșžŽÙ żìŒ±ÇŃŽÙ. +environment variable, +.B PAGER +șŻŒö șžŽÙ”” żìŒ±ÇŃŽÙ. ±âș» ŒłÁ€Àž·Î +.B man +Àș +.BR @pager@ žŠ ÀÌżëÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^S " section_list" +°Ë»öÀ» À§ÇŃ žĆŽșŸó ŒœŒÇÀÇ žźœșÆźžŠ ÄĘ·ĐÀž·Î ±žșĐÇŃ žźœșÆź. +ÀÌ żÉŒÇÀș +.B MANSECT +ÈŻ°æ șŻŒö șžŽÙ żìŒ±ÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^a +±âș» ŒłÁ€Àž·Î, +.B man +Àș Ăččű° čß°ß”È žĆŽșŸó ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ Ç„œĂÇŃ ”Ú ÁŸ·áÇŃŽÙ. +ÀÌ żÉŒÇÀ» »çżëÇÏžé, +.B man +Àș Ăččű° »Óžž ŸÆŽÏ¶ó +.B name +żĄ žÂŽÂ žđ”ç žĆŽșŸó ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ Ç„œĂÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^c +ĂÖœĆÀÇ cat ÆäÀÌÁö°Ą ÁžÀçÇÏż©”” ŒÒœș žÇ ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ Àç ÇüœÄÈÇŃŽÙ. +žžÀÏ cat ÆäÀÌÁö°Ą ŽÙž„ ŒöÀÇ Äź·łÀ» °ĄÁű œșĆ©ž°żĄ žÂ°Ô ÇüœÄȔǟú°ĆłȘ, +È€Àș, žžÀÏ ÀÌÀüżĄ ÇüœÄÈ”È ÆäÀÌÁö°Ą ŒŐ»ó”Çžé ÀÌ°ÍÀș ÀÇčÌ°Ą ÀÖÀ» Œö ÀÖŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^d +œÇÁŠ·Î žÇ ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ Ç„œĂÇÏÁö ŸÊ°í, ”đčö±ë Á€șžÀÇ ”ąŸîžźžŠ ÇÁž°ÆźÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Ç„œĂżÍ ”đčö±ë Á€șž ”ŃŽÙ Ăâ·ÂÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^f +.BR whatis +żÍ °°ŽÙ. +.TP +.BR \-\^F " or " \-\-preformat +ÇüœÄÈžž ÇÏ°í Ç„œĂÇÏÁö ŸÊŽÂŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^h +°ŁŽÜÇŃ ””żòž» žȚœĂÁöžŠ Ăâ·ÂÇÏ°í ÁŸ·áÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^k +.BR apropos +żÍ °°ŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^K +*žđ”ç* žÇ ÆäÀÌÁöżĄŒ ÁöÁ€ÇŃ čźÀÚżÀ» ĂŁŽÂŽÙ. °æ°í: ÀÌ °ÍÀș žĆżì ŽÀžźŽÙ! +ŒœŒÇÀ» ÁöÁ€ÇÏŽÂ °ÍÀÌ ÁÁŽÙ.(ŽëĂŒ·Î, łȘÀÇ ±â°èżĄŒ 500 ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ °Ë»öÇώ”„ +1șĐ °Éž°ŽÙ.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +ÁÖŸîÁű œĂœșĆÛ ÀÌž§żĄ ÀÇÇŰŒ °Ë»öÇϱâ À§ÇŰ ŽëĂŒ žÇ ÆäÀÌÁö ÁęÇŐÀ» ÁöÁ€ÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +.B nroff +or +.BR troff +ÀÇ ŸŐżĄ œÇÇàÇÏŽÂ ÀüĂłžź±âÀÇ Âś·ÊžŠ ÁöÁ€ÇŃŽÙ. +žđ”ç ŒłÄĄŽÂ ÀüĂłžź±âÀÇ żÏÀüÇŃ ÁęÇŐÀ» °ĄÁöÁö ŸÊÀ» °ÍÀÌŽÙ +±Ś”éÀ» ÁöÀûÇϱâ À§ÇŰ »çżë”ÇŽÂ žî°łÀÇ Ă”Ăłžź±âżÍ čźÀÚ : +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +ÀÌ żÉŒÇÀș +.B MANROFFSEQ +ÈŻ°æ șŻŒöșžŽÙ żìŒ±ÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^t +žÇ ÆäÀÌÁöÀÇ ÇüœÄÈžŠ À§ÇŰ +.B @troff@ +žŠ »çżëÇÏ°í, +.B stdout +żĄ Ăâ·ÂÇŃŽÙ. +.B @troff@ +żĄŒÀÇ Ăâ·ÂÀș ÀÎŒâÇϱâ ÀüżĄ ÇÊĆÍžŠ Ćë°úœĂĆł ÇÊżä°Ą ÀÖÀ»Áö”” žđž„ŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +œÇÁŠ·Î žÇ ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ Ç„œĂÇÏÁö ŸÊ°í, ÇüœÄÈ È€Àș Ç„œĂ”È ÆÄÀÏÀÇ À§ÄĄžŠ Ăâ·ÂÇŃŽÙ. +žžŸà ÀÎÀÚ°Ą ŸűÀžžé: +.B man +Àș žÇ ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ °Ë»öÇÏŽÂ ”đ·șĆäžźÀÇ žźœșÆźžŠ Ç„œĂ(Ç„ÁŰ Ăâ·ÂżĄ)ÇŃŽÙ. +žžŸà +.B manpath +°Ą manżĄ żŹ°á”ÇŸî ÀÖÀžžé, "manpath"ŽÂ "man --path"żÍ °°ŽÙ. +.TP +.B \-\^W +\-\^wżÍ șńœÁÇÏÁöžž, Ăß°Ą Á€șžŸűÀÌ ÇŃ ÇàżĄ ÇŃ °łŸż Ç„œĂÇŃŽÙ. +ÀÌ°ÍÀș ŽÙÀœ°ú °°ÀÌ œ© ží·ÉżĄŒ »çżëÇÏžé ÆížźÇÏŽÙ. +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "CAT ÆäÀÌÁö" +ManÀș ÇüœÄÈ”È žÇ ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ ŽÙÀœżĄ ±Ś ÆäÀÌÁö°Ą ÇÊżäÇÏ°Ô ”ÇŸúÀ» ¶§ ÇüœÄÈ +œĂ°ŁÀ» ÁÙÀ̱â À§ÇŰ ÀúÀćÇŃŽÙ. ÀüĆëÀûÀž·Î, DIR/manXÀÇ ÇüœÄÈ”È ÆäÀÌÁö čöÀüÀș +DIR/catXżĄ ÀúÀć”ÈŽÙ. ÇÏÁöžž man dirÀ» ŽÙž„ cat dirżĄ žĆÇÎÇÏŽÂ čæčęÀž·Î +.BR @man_config_file@ +żĄ ŽÙž„ °ȘÀ» ÁöÁ€ÇÒ Œö ÀÖŽÙ. +cat ”đ·șĆäžź°Ą ÁžÀçÇÏÁö ŸÊÀžžé cat ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ ÀúÀćÇÏÁö ŸÊŽÂŽÙ. +.PP +.B man +žŠ »çżëÀÚ manżĄ suid ÇÒ Œö ÀÖŽÙ. ±Ś·Żžé, cat ”đ·șĆäžźÀÇ ŒÒÀŻÀÚ°Ą man°ú +žđ”ć 0755(ŽÜÁö manżĄ ÀÇÇŰ ŸČ±â°ĄŽÉ), cat ÆÄÀÏ ŒÒÀŻÀÚ°Ą man°ú žđ”ć 0644 È€Àș +0444(ŽÜÁö manżĄ ÀÇÇŰ ŸČ±â°ĄŽÉ, È€Àș žđ”Î ŸČ±âșÒ°Ą)žé, șžĆë ÀŻÀúŽÂ cat ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ +șŻ°æÇÏ°ĆłȘ, ŽÙž„ ÆÄÀÏÀ» cat ”đ·șĆäžźżĄ ”ΰƳȘ ÇÏŽÂ °ÍÀ» ÇÒ Œö ŸűŽÙ. žžŸà +.B man +ÀÌ suid °Ą ŸÆŽÏžé, žđ”ç ÀŻÀú°Ą cat ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ cat ”đ·șĆäžźżĄ ”Ń Œö ÀÖŽÂ °ÍĂł·ł +cat ”đ·șĆäžźÀÇ žđ”枊 0777·Î ÇŰŸß ÇŃŽÙ. +.PP +șń·Ï ĂÖ±ÙÀÇ cat ÆäÀÌÁö°Ą ÁžÀçÇÏŽő¶ó”” +.B \-c +À» »çżëÇÏžé ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ Àç ÇüœÄÈÇŃŽÙ. + +.SH ÈŻ°æ +.TP +.B MANPATH +.B MANPATH +°Ą ŒłÁ€”Çžé, ÀÌ°ÍÀ» žĆŽșŸó ÆäÀÌÁö °Ë»öÀ» À§ÇŃ °æ·Î·Î »çżëÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +.B MANROFFSEQ +°Ą ŒłÁ€”Çžé, ÀÌ°ÍÀ» +.B nroff +żÍ +.BR troff +ÀÇ ŸŐżĄ œÇÇàÇÏŽÂ ÀüĂłžź±âÀÇ ÁęÇŐÀž·Î °áÁ€ÇÏż© »çżëÇŃŽÙ. +±âș» ŒłÁ€Àș, +.BR nroff +ŸŐżĄ ”„ÀÌșí ÀüĂłžź±âžŠ Ćë°úœĂĆČŽÙ. +.TP +.B MANSECT +.B MANSECT +°Ą ŒłÁ€”Çžé, ÀÌ°ÍÀ» °Ë»öÀ» À§ÇŃ žĆŽșŸó ŒœŒÇÀž·Î °áÁ€ÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +.B MANWIDTH +°Ą ŒłÁ€”Çžé, ÀÌ°ÍÀ» Ç„œĂÇÏŽÂ žÇÆäÀÌÁöÀÇ ÆűÀž·Î »çżëÇŃŽÙ. +±Ś·žÁö ŸÊÀžžé, ÈžéÀÇ ÀüĂŒ Æű ÀÌ»óÀž·Î Ç„œĂ”É Œö”” ÀÖŽÙ. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +.B MANPAGER +°Ą ŒłÁ€”Çžé, ÀÌ°ÍÀ» žÇÆäÀÌÁö Ç„œĂ±â·Î »çżëÇŃŽÙ. žžŸà ŸűŽÙžé, +.B PAGER +°Ą »çżë”ÈŽÙ. žžŸà ”ŃŽÙ °ȘÀ» °ĄÁö°í ÀÖÁö ŸÊÀžžé +.B @pager@ +žŠ »çżëÇŃŽÙ. +.TP +.B LANG +.B LANG +°Ą ŒłÁ€”Çžé, ÀÌ°ȘÀ» manÀș žÇÆäÀÌÁöžŠ Ăččű°·Î șžż©ÁÖ±â À§ÇŃ ÇÏÀ§ +”đ·șĆäžźÀÇ ÀÌž§Àž·Î ÁöÁ€ÇŃŽÙ. ”û¶óŒ, `LANG=dk man 1 foo' ží·ÉÀș +.../dk/man1/foo.1żĄŒ for žÇÆäÀÌÁöžŠ șžż© ÁÙ·Á°í ÇÒ °ÍÀÌ°í, +žžŸà fileÀÌ čß°ß”ÇÁö ŸÊÀžžé, .../man1/for.1À» ĂŁŽÂŽÙ. ...Àș °Ë»ö +°æ·ÎÀÇ ”đ·șĆäžźÀÌŽÙ. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +ÈŻ°æ șŻŒö +.B NLSPATH +żÍ +.B LC_MESSAGES +(¶ÇŽÂ ÈÄÀÚ°Ą ÁöÁ€”ÇŸî ÀÖÁö ŸÊÀžžé +.B LANG +)ŽÂ žȚœĂÁö Ä«Ć»·Î±ŚÀÇ À§ÄĄžŠ ÁöÁ€ÇŃŽÙ. (ÇÏÁöžž ż”Ÿî žȚœĂÁöŽÂ ÄÄÆÄÀϔɶ§ +ÁöÁ€”Ç°í, ż”ŸîžŠ À§ÇŃ Ä«Ć»·Î±ŚŽÂ ÇÊżäÇÏÁö ŸÊŽÙ.) +manżĄ ÀÇÇŰ ÈŁĂâ”ÇŽÂ col(1)°ú °°Àș ÇÁ·Î±Ś·„Àș LC_CTYPEžŠ »çżëÇÏŽÂ ÁĄżĄ ÁÖÀÇÇ۶ó. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +ŽÂ žÇÆäÀÌÁöžŠ À§ÇŃ ±âș» °Ë»ö °æ·ÎÀÇ ±žŒșżĄ »çżë”ÈŽÙ. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +Àș ±âș» ŒłÁ€À» °ĄÁźżÀŽÂ ŽëœĆżĄ œĂœșĆÛ ÀÌž§À» »çżëÇŃŽÙ. +( +.B \-m +żÉŒÇ°ú ÇÔČČ »çżë) +.SH °ü·Ă ÇŚžń +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH čö±Ś +.B \-t +żÉŒÇÀș troffżÍ °°Àș ÇÁ·Î±Ś·„ÀÌ ŒłÄĄ”ÇŸî ÀÖŽÂ °æżìżĄžž ŒöÇàÇŃŽÙ. +.br +žžŸà ÇÏÀÌÇ ŽëœĆżĄ \e255 È€Àș <AD>ÀÇ ±ôčÚÀÓÀ» șžžé, +`LESSCHARSET=latin1'À» ÈŻ°æżĄ łÖŸî¶ó. +.SH ÆÁ + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +žŠ +.IR .emacs +ÆÄÀÏżĄ Ăß°ĄÇÏžé, F1žŠ Ž©žŠ ¶§ ÇöÀçÀÇ ÄżŒ À§ÄĄżĄŒ ¶óÀÌșê·Żžź ÈŁĂâÀ» À§ÇŃ žÇ +ÆäÀÌÁöžŠ șžż© ÁÙ °ÍÀÌŽÙ. +.SH żȘÀÚ +čèŒșÈÆ <plodder@kldp.org>, 2000łâ 5żù 5ÀÏ + diff --git a/man/ko/whatis.man b/man/ko/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b80c85 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ko/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.\" +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Jan 5, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAME +whatis \- ŽÜŸîžŠ żÏŒșœĂĆ°±â À§ÇŰ whatis ”„ÀÌĆžșŁÀÌœșžŠ ĂŁŽÂŽÙ. +.SH SYNOPSIS +.BI whatis +Ć°żö”ć ... +.SH DESCRIPTION +whatisŽÂ œĂœșĆÛ ží·ÉÀÇ °ŁŽÜÇŃ ŒłžíÀ» Ć°żö”ć·Î ÇÏŽÂ ż©·Ż ŒÂÀž·Î ±žŒș”È ”„ÀÌĆžșŁÀÌœș ÆÄÀÏÀ» °Ë»öÇÏż© ±Ś °á°úžŠ Ç„ÁŰ Ăâ·ÂÀ» șžż©ÁŰŽÙ. żÏÀüÈś ŽÜŸî°Ą ÀÏÄĄÇÒ °æżìžž șžż©ÁŰŽÙ. + +whatis ”„ÀÌĆžșŁÀÌœșŽÂ @makewhatis@žŠ ÀÌżëÇÏż© žž”çŽÙ +.SH "SEE ALSO" +apropos(1), man(1). + diff --git a/man/nl.txt b/man/nl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..909c946 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/nl.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +dutch diff --git a/man/nl/apropos.man b/man/nl/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c225b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/nl/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "Jan 15, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAAM +apropos \- zoek een gegeven string in de whatis database +.SH SYNTAX +.BI apropos +string ... +.SH BESCHRIJVING +.B apropos +zoekt naar de opgegeven strings in een aantal database bestanden +die korte beschrijvingen van systeem\%commando's bevatten +en stuurt het resultaat naar standaard uitvoer. +.SH "ZIE OOK" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/nl/man.conf.man b/man/nl/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fccc18 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/nl/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Mar 1994" +.SH NAAM +man.conf \- configuratie bestand voor man +.SH BESCHRIJVING +.LP +Dit bestand wordt door +.BR man (1) +gelezen, en bevat (a) informatie over hoe het zoekpad voor man +gemaakt moet worden, (b) volledige padnamen voor de benodigde +programma's, zoals nroff, eqn, tbl enz., en (c) een lijst +van decomprimeerprogramma's voor bestanden met een gegeven extensie. +Een prive versie van dit bestand kan gebruikt worden door +man de -C optie mee te geven: +.LP +.RS +man -C prive_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Aan de programmanamen kunnen opties worden meegegeven. +Nuttige opties om bij nroff te gebruiken kunnen in grotty(1) +gevonden worden. Bijvoorbeeld, in plaats van het gebruikelijke +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +kan men +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +schrijven, teneinde onderstrepingen en overprintingen weg te halen. +.SH "ZIE OOK" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) en compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/nl/man.man b/man/nl/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4dfafdb --- /dev/null +++ b/man/nl/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.TH man 1 "2 September 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH NAAM +man \- formatteer en vertoon documentatie bladzijden +.br +manpath \- geef het zoekpad voor documentatie bladzijden van de gebruiker weer +.SH SYNTAX +man [\-acdfhktwW] [\-m systeem] [\-p preprocessoren] [\-C configuratiebestand] [\-M pad] +[\-P pagineerprogramma] [\-S lijst_van_hoofdstukken] [hoofdstuk] naam ... +.SH BESCHRIJVING +.B man +formatteert en vertoont bladzijden van de programma documentatie. +Deze versie kent de +.B MANPATH +en +.B (MAN)PAGER +omgevings\%variabelen, zodat +je je eigen collectie documentatiebladzijden en je eigen +pagineerprogramma kunt gebruiken. +Als het +.I hoofdstuk +is opgegeven, dan kijkt +.B man +alleen in dat hoofdstuk. +Je kunt ook met omgevings\%variabelen of met programmaopties +opgeven in welke volgorde de hoofdstukken moeten worden +afgezocht, en welke preprocessoren de tekst moeten voorbewerken. +Als +.I naam +een / bevat, dan wordt hij eerst geprobeerd als bestandsnaam, +zodat opdrachten als +.B "man ./foo.5" +of +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz" +mogelijk zijn. +.SH OPTIES +.TP +.B \-\^C " configuratiebestand" +Geef aan welk configuratiebestand gebruikt moet worden. +Als deze optie niet is opgegeven, dan wordt +@man_config_file@ gebruikt. (Voor een beschrijving van dit +bestand, zie man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " pad" +Geef de lijst van directories waarin gezocht moet worden. +Als deze optie niet is opgegeven, dan wordt de omgevings\%variabele +.B MANPATH +gebruikt. En als er niet zo'n omgevings\%variabele is, dan wordt de +standaardlijst gevonden door @man_config_file@ te raadplegen. +Een lege deelstring in MANPATH wordt vervangen door de standaardlijst. +.TP +.B \-\^P " pagineerprogramma" +Geef aan welk pagineerprogramma gebruikt moet worden. +Als deze optie niet is opgegeven, dan wordt het programma vermeld in +de omgevings\%variabele +.B MANPAGER +of, als deze niet bestaat, +.B PAGER +gebruikt. Is er ook niet zo'n omgevings\%variabele, dan wordt +.B @pager@ +gebruikt. +.TP +.B \-\^S " lijst_van_hoofdstukken" +Deze lijst is een lijst van hoofdstukken, door dubbele punten van elkaar +gescheiden, waarin gezocht wordt. +Als deze optie niet is opgegeven, dan wordt de omgevings\%variabele +.B MANSECT +gebruikt. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Normaal zal +.B man +termineren na het vertonen van de eerste documentatie bladzijde +die hij vindt. Deze optie zegt dat alle bladzijden over +.B naam +vertoond moeten worden. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Formatteer de bron bladzijde, zelfs als er een recente voorgeformatteerde +bladzijde bestaat. Dit kan nuttig zijn als die bladzijde +geformatteerd was voor een scherm met een andere breedte, +of als de voorgeformatteerde bladzijde niet deugt. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Vertoon de bladzijden niet echt, maar vertel gedetailleerd wat +gedaan wordt - deze optie is alleen nuttig om fouten op te sporen. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Als by -d, maar vertoon de bladzijden ook. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Voer het programma +.B whatis +uit. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Druk een hulptekst af. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Voer het programma +.B apropos +uit. +.TP +.B \-\^K +Zoek de opgegeven tekst in *alle* handboekbladzijden. Pas op: dit +kan lang duren! (Op mijn machine kost dit bijvoorbeeld een minuut +voor elke 500 pagina's.) Het helpt om een sectie op te geven. +.TP +.B \-\^m " systeem" +Gebruik een andere collectie documentatie\%bladzijden, afhankelijk +van de opgegeven systeem\%naam. +.TP +.B \-\^p " preprocessoren" +Geef aan welke preprocessoren de tekst moeten voorbewerken voordat +deze aan nroff of troff gevoerd wordt. Enige preprocessoren, en de +letters waarmee ze aangeduid worden, zijn: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Niet elke installatie zal al deze programma's hebben. +Als deze optie niet is opgegeven, dan wordt de omgevings\%variabele +.B MANROFFSEQ +gebruikt. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Gebruik +.B @troff@ +om de bladzijde te formatteren, en stuur het resultaat naar +.B stdout. +De uitvoer van +.B @troff@ +moet mogelijk nog door een of ander filter gestuurd worden +voordat hij afgedrukt kan worden. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +Vertoon geen documentatie, maar druk de padnamen af van de bestanden +waarin documentatie gevonden werd. Als geen +.I naam +opgegeven is, dan: druk het zoekpad af. Als +.B manpath +een link is naar man, dan is "manpath" equivalent met "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Als \-\^w, maar druk alleen de padnamen af, zonder additionele informatie. +Dit komt van pas in opdrachten zoals +.ft CW +man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft + +.SH "VOORGEFORMATTEERDE BLADZIJDEN" +Man probeert om geformatteerde bladzijden te bewaren, om de volgende +keer dat ze nodig zijn tijd te sparen. Gewoonlijk worden de geformatteerde +versies van de bladzijden uit DIR/manX bewaard in DIR/catX, maar andere +afbeeldingen van man directories naar cat directories kunnen in +@man_config_file@ worden aangegeven. Geformatteerde bladzijden worden +niet bewaard als het bijbehorende cat directory niet bestaat. +.LP +Het is mogelijk om man suid te maken, met eigenaar man. Als dan een +cat directory eigenaar man heeft, en mode 0755 (alleen door man beschrijfbaar), +en de geformatteerde bladzijden hebben eigenaar man en mode 0644 of 0444 +(alleen beschrijfbaar door man, of helemaal niet beschrijfbaar), +dan kan geen gewone gebruiker de geformatteerde bladzijden wijzigen +of andere bestanden opslaan in dat directory. Als man niet suid is, +dan moet een cat directory waar voor alle gebruikers geformatteerde +bladzijden geschreven moeten kunnen worden mode 0777 hebben. +.LP +De optie -c laat man een pagina opnieuw formatteren, zelfs als een +recente geformatteerde pagina bestaat. + +.SH OMGEVINGSVARIABELEN +.TP +.B MANPATH +Als +.B MANPATH +een waarde heeft, dan wordt deze waarde als zoekpad gebruikt. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Als +.B MANROFFSEQ +een waarde heeft, dan wordt deze waarde gebruikt om te bepalen door +welke preprocessoren de tekst bewerkt moet worden. Standaard wordt +tbl gebruikt. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Als +.B MANSECT +een waarde heeft, dan wordt deze waarde gebruikt om te bepalen in welke +hoofdstukken gezocht wordt. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Als +.B MANWIDTH +een waarde heeft, dan geeft deze waarde aan hoeveel kolommen de uitvoer +breed moet zijn. Vooral bij heel brede schermen geven veel mensen er de +voorkeur aan het aantal kolommen tot 80 of 100 te beperken. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Als +.B MANPAGER +een waarde heeft, dan wordt deze waarde gebruikt als naam van het te gebruiken +pagineerprogramma. Zo niet, dan wordt de waarde van +.B PAGER +gebruikt. Bestaat deze ook niet, dan wordt +.B @pager@ +gebruikt. +.TP +.B LANG +Als +.B LANG +een waarde heeft, dan bepaalt deze de naam van een onderdirectory +waar man eerst in zoekt. Bijvoorbeeld, na `LANG=nl man 1 iets' +zal man eerst in .../nl/man1/iets.1 zoeken, en als dat niet bestaat, +dan in .../man1/iets.1. Hierbij is ... een directory uit het zoekpad. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +De omgevingsvariabelen +.B NLSPATH +en +.B LC_MESSAGES +(of, als deze niet bestaat, +.B LANG\c +) spelen een rol bij het vinden van de versie in de opgegeven taal +van de mededelingen (voornamelijk foutmeldingen) die man produceert. +(Maar de Engelse teksten zijn meegecompileerd, en hoeven niet uit een +bestand gehaald te worden.) +Programma's als col(1) die door man aangeroepen worden, +gebruiken ook LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +wordt gebruikt bij het construeren van het standaard zoekpad van man. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +wordt gebruikt als standaard naam bij de optie +.B \-m. +.SH "ZIE OOK" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH FOUTEN +De +.B \-t +optie werkt alleen als een troff-achtig programma geinstalleerd is. +.br +Als je \e255 of <AD> ziet knipperen waar afbreekstreepjes hadden +moeten staan, zet dan `LESSCHARSET=latin1' in je omgeving. diff --git a/man/nl/whatis.man b/man/nl/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b2c38a --- /dev/null +++ b/man/nl/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "Jan 5, 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NAAM +whatis \- zoek gegeven woorden in de whatis database +.SH SYNTAX +.BI whatis +woord ... +.SH BESCHRIJVING +.B whatis +zoekt naar de opgegeven woorden in een aantal database bestanden +die korte beschrijvingen van systeem\%commando's bevatten +en stuurt het resultaat naar standaard uitvoer. +De opgegeven woorden moeten als volledige woorden gevonden worden. + +De whatis database bestanden wordem aangemaakt met behulp van +het commando @makewhatis@. +.SH "ZIE OOK" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/pl.txt b/man/pl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88ffee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pl.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +polish diff --git a/man/pl/apropos.man b/man/pl/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d92ed4 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pl/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Tłumaczenie: 950322 Rafał Maszkowski <rzm@pdi.net> +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "19 wrze¶nia 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAZWA +apropos \- wyszukuje łańcuchy znaków w bazie whatis +.SH SKŁADNIA +.BI apropos +słowo_kluczowe ... +.SH OPIS +apropos wyszukuje słowa kluczowe w plikach bazy danych, które +zawieraj± krótkie opisy poleceń systemowych i wy¶wietla wynik +na standardowe wyj¶cie. +.SH AUTOR +Pierwotnym autorem programu +.BR "man" +jest John W. Eaton. +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim opublikował man w wersji 1.2, a Andries Brouwer wersje od 1.3 do 1.5p. +Aktualnym opiekunem jest Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org>. +.SH "ZOBACZ TAKŻE" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/pl/man.conf.man b/man/pl/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1df8ccf --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pl/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Tłumaczenie: 950322 Rafał Maszkowski <rzm@pdi.net> +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "19 wrze¶nia 2005" +.SH NAZWA +man.conf \- dane konfiguracyjne dla programu man +.SH OPIS +.LP +Ten plik jest czytany przez +.BR man (1) +i zawiera (a) informacjê jak utworzyæ ¶cieżkê przeszukiwan± przez man, +(b) pełne ¶cieżki do różnych programów jak nroff, eqn, tbl itd., które +s± używane przez man oraz (c) listê programów rozpakowuj±cych pliki z +podanymi rozszerzeniami. +Alternatywna wersja pliku man.conf może byæ podana przez +.LP +.RS +man -C prywatny_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Nazwy poleceń mog± byæ podane z opcjami. +Użyteczne opcje nroff można znaleŒæ w grotty(1). +Na przykład zamiast domy¶lnej linii +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +można napisaæ +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +żeby wył±czyæ podkre¶lanie i wytłuszczanie. +.SH PLIKI +.I "@man_config_file@" +.SH AUTOR +Pierwotnym autorem programu +.BR "man" +jest John W. Eaton. +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim opublikował man w wersji 1.2, a Andries Brouwer wersje od 1.3 do 1.5p. +Aktualnym opiekunem jest Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org>. +.SH "ZOBACZ TAKŻE" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) i compress(1), gzip(1). diff --git a/man/pl/man.man b/man/pl/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb29b4e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pl/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,427 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" Tłumaczenie - 950322 Rafał Maszkowski <rzm@pdi.net> +.\" 960619 - aktualizacja -K +.\" 20011102 - aktualizacja do wersji z man-1.5i2, czê¶ciowo w oparciu +.\" o alternatywne tłumaczenie PB z PTM - AMK +.\" +.TH man 1 "2 wrze¶nia 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH NAZWA +man \- formatowanie i wy¶wietlanie dostêpnych stron podrêcznika man +.br +manpath \- wyznaczanie ¶cieżki poszukiwania stron podrêcznika odpowiedniej dla +danego użytkownika +.SH SKŁADNIA +.TP 4 +.B man +.RB [ \-adfhkKtwW ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR system ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR łańcuch_znaków ] +.RB [\-C +.IR plik_konfiguracyjny ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR ¶cieżka ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR pager ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR lista_rozdziałów ] +.RI [ rozdział ] +.IR nazwa ... +.SH OPIS +.B man +formatuje i wy¶wietla dostêpne w systemie strony podrêcznika man. +.\" Ta wersja sprawdza zmienne ¶rodowiskowe +.\" .B MANPATH +.\" i +.\" .BR (MAN)PAGER , +.\" wiêc możesz mieæ swój własny zestaw stron podrêcznika man i wybraæ do ich +.\" wy¶wietlania ulubiony program. +Jeżeli zostanie podany +.IR rozdział , +.B man +sprawdza tylko ten rozdział podrêcznika. +.\" Używaj±c opcji lub zmiennych ¶rodowiskowych możesz także podaæ porz±dek, +.\" w jakim należy przeszukiwaæ rozdziały oraz jakie preprocesory powinny +.\" zostaæ użyte do wstêpnego przetworzenia stron. +Jeżeli +.I nazwa +zawiera znak /, to man próbuje najpierw znaleŒæ podany plik, wiêc można np. +wydaæ polecenie +.B "man ./foo.5" +a nawet +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +Niżej znajdziesz informacje, gdzie +.B man +szuka plików stron podrêcznika. + +.SH OPCJE +.TP +.B \-\^C " plik_konfiguracyjny" +Okre¶la plik konfiguracyjny, którego należy użyæ. Domy¶lnym jest +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Zobacz +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " ¶cieżka" +Okre¶la listê katalogów, w których bêd± szukane strony podrêcznika man. +Katalogi należy rozdzielaæ dwukropkami. Pusta lista jest równoznaczna z nie +podaniem tej opcji. Zobacz +.BR "ŠCIEŻKA PRZESZUKIWANIA DLA STRON PODRÊCZNIKA" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " pager" +Okre¶la, który pager ma zostaæ użyty. Jeżeli podana jest ta opcja, +ignorowana jest zmienna ¶rodowiskowa +.BR MANPAGER , +której użycie z kolei powoduje zignorowanie zmiennej ¶rodowiskowej +.BR PAGER . +Domy¶lnie +.B man +używa +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " lista_rozdziałów" +Rozdzielona dwukropkami lista rozdziałów podrêcznika, które maj± byæ +przeszukane. Jeżeli podana jest ta opcja, zmienna ¶rodowiskowa +.B MANSECT +jest ignorowana. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Domy¶lnie man kończy działanie po wy¶wietleniu pierwszej znalezionej +strony. Podanie tej opcji powoduje wy¶wietlenie wszystkich stron +podrêcznika, które pasuj± do +.BR nazwa , +a nie tylko pierwszej. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Przeformatowuje Œródłow± stronê podrêcznika, nawet jeżeli istnieje aktualna +strona cat. Może to byæ istotne, jeżeli strona cat jest sformatowana +dla ekranu z inn± liczb± kolumn. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Zamiast stron podrêcznika wy¶wietla mnóstwo informacji diagnostycznych. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Wy¶wietla zarówno stronê podrêcznika jak i informacje diagnostyczne. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Równoważne +.BR whatis . +.TP +.B \-\^h +Wy¶wietla krótk± informacjê pomocy i kończy pracê. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Równoważne +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Szuka podanego łańcucha znaków we *wszystkich* stronach podrêcznika. Uwaga: +bêdzie to prawdopodobnie bardzo powolne! Podanie rozdziałów pomaga +przyspieszyæ szukanie. (Dla ogólnej orientacji: na mojej maszynie zajmuje to +ok. minuty na każde 500 stron podrêcznika.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " system" +Podanie alternatywnego zestawu stron podrêcznika, odpowiedniego dla +systemu o podanej nazwie. +.TP +.B \-\^p " łańcuch_znaków" +Podanie listy nazw preprocesorów, ktore zostan± uruchomione przed +.B nroff +i +.BR troff . +Nie wszystkie intalacje maj± pełny zestaw preprocesorów. +Niektóre z nich oraz oznaczaj±ce je litery to: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Podanie tej opcji powoduje zignorowanie zmiennej ¶rodowiskowej +.BR MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +Sformatuj stronê podrêcznika za pomoc± +.BR @troff@ , +a wynik wy¶lij na +.B stdout +(standardowe wyj¶cie). +Może byæ konieczne przepuszczenie wyniku z +.B @troff@ +przez jaki¶ filtr przed wydrukowaniem. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRlub\fP \-\-path +Nie wy¶wietlaj stron podrêcznika, podaj tylko gdzie znajduj± siê pliki, które +byłyby sformatowane i wy¶wietlone. Jeżeli nie podano żadnych argumentów: +wy¶wietla (na stdout) listê katalogów, w których +.B man +poszukuje stron podrêcznika. Jeżeli +.B manpath +jest dowi±zaniem man to "manpath" jest równoważne "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Podobne do \-\^w, lecz podaje nazwy plików, każd± w osobnej linii, bez +dodatkowych informacji. Przydaje siê w poleceniach powłoki, np. +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "STRONY CAT" +Man bêdzie próbował zachowaæ sformatowane strony podrêcznika aby +skróciæ czas potrzebny na sformatowanie ich po raz kolejny, +kiedy te strony bêd± znowu potrzebne. +Tradycyjnie, sformatowane wersje stron podrêcznika z katalogu DIR/manX s± +zachowywane w DIR/catX, ale można też w pliku +.BR @man_config_file@ +okre¶liæ inne zasady. +Strony cat nie s± tworzone, jeżeli wymagany katalog nie istnieje. +.PP +Możliwe jest uczynienie programu +.B man +suidowym na użytkownika man. Wtedy, je¶li katalogi cat maj± wła¶ciciela man +i prawa dostêpu 0755 (zapisywalne tylko przez użytkownika man), a pliki cat +maj± wła¶ciciela man i prawa dostêpu 0644 lub 0444 (zapisywalne przez +użytkownika man lub przez nikogo), to żaden zwykły użytkownik nie może +zmieniaæ stron cat lub umieszczaæ w katalogach cat innych plików. Jeżeli +.B man +nie jest suidowy to katalog cat powinien mieæ prawa dostêpu 0777, +o ile wszyscy użytkownicy powinni mieæ możliwo¶æ pozostawiania tam stron cat. +.PP +Opcja +.B \-c +wymusza przeformatowanie strony nawet jeżeli istnieje już odpowiednia strona +cat. + + +.SH "ŠCIEŻKA PRZESZUKIWANIA DLA STRON PODRÊCZNIKA" +.B man +stosuje wymy¶ln± metodê poszukiwania plików stron podrêcznika, opart± na +opcjach wywołania, zmiennych ¶rodowiskowych, pliku konfiguracyjnym +.B @man_config_file@ +oraz na pewnych wbudowanych konwencjach i heurystyce. +.PP +Najpierw, gdy argument +.I nazwa +polecenia +.B man +zawiera uko¶nik +.RB ( / ), +.B man +zakłada, że jest on nazw± wła¶ciwego pliku i nie prowadzi poszukiwania. +.PP +Ale zazwyczaj, gdy +.I nazwa +nie zawiera uko¶nika, +.B man +poszukuje pliku, który mógłby stanowiæ stronê podrêcznika o zadanym temacie, +w różnych katalogach. +.PP +Je¶li zostanie podana opcja +.BI "-M " ¶cieżka\fR, +to +.I ¶cieżka +jest rozdzielon± dwukropkami list± przeszukiwanych przez program +.B man +katalogów. +.PP +Gdy opcja +.B -M +nie zostanie podana, ale zostanie zdefiniowana zmienna ¶rodowiskowa +.BR MANPATH , +warto¶æ tej zmiennej stanowi listê przeszukiwanych przez program +.B man +katalogów. +.PP +Je¶li ¶cieżka nie zostanie podana w sposób jawny ani za pomoc± +.B -M +ani poprzez +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +rozwija swoj± własn± ¶cieżkê w oparciu o zawarto¶æ pliku konfiguracyjnego +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Instrukcje +.B MANPATH +w pliku konfiguracyjnym okre¶laj± poszczególne katalogi wł±czane do ¶cieżki +przeszukiwania. +.PP +Ponadto, instrukcje +.B MANPATH_MAP +dodaj± do ¶cieżki przeszukiwania katalogi zależne od ¶cieżki przeszukiwania +dla poleceń (tzn. zawartej w zmiennej ¶rodowiskowej +.B PATH +). +Instrukcja +.B MANPATH_MAP +dodaje do ¶cieżki przeszukiwania dla stron podrêcznika po jednym katalogu dla +każdego katalogu zawartego w ¶cieżce przeszukiwania dla poleceń. +.B man +przegl±da zmienn± +.B PATH +i dodaje odpowiednie katalogi do ¶cieżki przeszukiwania dla stron podrêcznika. +Zatem przy wła¶ciwym użyciu +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +po wydaniu polecenia +.BR "man xyz" , +otrzyma siê stronê podrêcznika dla programu, który zostałby uruchomiony +poprzez wydanie polecenia +.BR xyz . +.PP +Dodatkowo, dla każdego katalogu w ¶cieżce przeszukiwania dla poleceń +(bêdziemy go nazywaæ "katalogiem poleceń"), dla którego +.I nie +ma instrukcji +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +.B man +automatycznie poszukuje "bliskiego" katalogu stron podrêcznika jako +podkatalogu wła¶ciwego katalogu poleceń lub w katalogu nadrzêdnym dla katalogu +poleceń. +.PP +Można wył±czyæ automatyczne "bliskie" przeszukiwania doł±czaj±c instrukcjê +.B NOAUTOPATH +do +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +Jak opisano powyżej, w każdym z katalogów ¶cieżki przeszukiwania +.B man +poszukuje pliku o nazwie +.IB tytuł . rozdział\fR, +z opcjonalnym przyrostkiem dla numeru rozdziału i możliwym przyrostkiem +kompresji. Je¶li nie znajdzie takiego pliku, bêdzie szukał w podkatalogach +o nazwach +.BI man N +i +.BI cat N\fR, +gdzie +.I N +jest numerem rozdziału podrêcznika. +Je¶li plik znajduje siê w podkatalogu +.BIR cat N , +.B man +zakłada, że jest to sformatowany plik strony podrêcznika (cat page). +W przeciwnym przypadku, +.B man +zakłada, że jest ona niesformatowana. W obu przypadkach, je¶li nazwa pliku +zawiera znany przyrostek kompresji (jak +.BR .gz ), +.B man +zakłada, że jest ona spakowania gzipem. +.PP +Aby zobaczyæ, gdzie (lub czy) +.B man +znajdzie stronê podrêcznika o okre¶lonym tytule, należy posłużyc siê opcj± +.BR "--path " ( -w ). + +.SH "ŠRODOWISKO" +.TP +.B MANPL +Je¶li zmienna +.B MANPL +jest zdefinowana, to jej warto¶æ jest używana do okre¶lenia długo¶ci strony. +W przeciwnym przypadku, cała strona podrêcznika bêdzie stanowiæ jedn± (dług±) +stronê. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Je¶li zmienna +.B MANROFFSEQ +jest zdefinowana, to jej warto¶æ jest używana do zdefinowania zestawu +preprocesorów uruchamianych przed +.B nroff +i +.BR troff . +Domy¶lnie strony s± przepuszczane przez preprocesor tbl przed użyciem nroff. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Je¶li zmienna +.B MANSECT +jest zdefiniowana, to jej warto¶æ jest używana do okre¶lenia jakie rozdziały +podrêcznika powinny zostaæ przeszukane. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Je¶li zmienna +.B MANWIDTH +jest zdefiniowana, to jej warto¶æ jest używana jako szeroko¶æ wy¶wietlanych +stron podrêcznika man. W przeciwnym wypadku, strony bêd± wy¶wietlane na całej +szeroko¶ci ekranu. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Je¶li zmienna +.B MANPAGER +jest zdefiniowana, to jej warto¶æ jest używana jako nazwa programu do +wy¶wietlania strony podrêcznika man. Je¶li nie jest zdefiniowana, to używana +jest zmienna +.BR PAGER . +Jeżeli ta również nie ma nadanej warto¶ci, to używany jest +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B LANG +Je¶li zmienna +.B LANG +jest zdefiniowana, to jej warto¶æ okre¶la nazwê podkatalogu, w którym man +najpierw bêdzie szukaæ stron podrêcznika. Zatem polecenie `LANG=pl man 1 co¶' +(w sh lub bash) spowoduje, że man bêdzie szukaæ strony "co¶" +w .../pl/man1/co¶.1, a nastêpnie, jeżeli takiego pliku nie znajdzie, +w .../man1/co¶.1, gdzie ... jest katalogiem ze ¶cieżki przeszukiwania. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Zmienne ¶rodowiskowe +.B NLSPATH +i +.B LC_MESSAGES +(lub +.BR LANG , +jeżeli ta druga nie istnieje) +steruj± przeszukiwaniem katalogów z komunikatami. +(Komunikaty angielskie s± wkompilowane, wiêc dla angielskiego taki +katalog nie jest potrzebny.) +Zauważ, że programy takie jak +.BR col(1) , +wołane przez man, również używaj± np. LC_TYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +pomaga okre¶liæ ¶cieżkê przeszukiwania dla plików stron podrêcznika. +Zobacz +.BR "ŠCIEŻKA PRZESZUKIWANIA DLA STRON PODRÊCZNIKA" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +jest używana do pobierania domy¶lnej alternatywnej nazwy systemu (do używania +razem z opcj± +.BR \-m ). +.SH "ZOBACZ TAKŻE" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5). +.SH BŁÊDY +Opcja +.B \-t +działa tylko jeżeli jest zainstalowany jaki¶ program działaj±cy jak troff. +.br +Jeżeli zamiast my¶lników pojawi± siê migaj±ce \e255 lub <AD>, to należy +ustawiæ w ¶rodowisku użytkownika `LESSCHARSET=latin1'. +.SH ZAKOŃCZENIE +Je¶li do pliku +.IR .emacs +użytkownika dodana zostanie linia + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +to naci¶niêcie F1 spowoduje wy¶wietlenie strony podrêcznika dla funkcji +bibliotecznej, na której ustawiony jest kursor. +.LP +Aby uzyskaæ czysto tekstow± wersjê strony podrêcznika, bez cofniêæ +i podkre¶leń, należy wydaæ polecenie + + # man co¶ | col -b > co¶.mantxt + diff --git a/man/pl/whatis.man b/man/pl/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..936627f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pl/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Tłumaczenie - 950322 Rafał Maszkowski <rzm@pdi.net> +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "19 wrze¶nia 2005" +.LO 1 +.SH NAZWA +whatis \- wyszukuje słowa w bazie whatis. +.SH SKŁADNIA +.BI whatis +słowo_kluczowe ... +.SH OPIS +whatis wyszukuje słowa kluczowe w zestawie plików zawieraj±cych krótkie +opisy poleceń systemowych i wy¶wietla rezultat na standardowe wyj¶cie. +Wy¶wietlane s± tylko polecenia, których nazwy pasuj± dokładnie. + +Baza whatis jest tworzona przy użyciu polecenia @makewhatis@. +.SH AUTOR +Pierwotnym autorem programu +.BR "man" +jest John W. Eaton. +Zeyd M. Ben-Halim opublikował man w wersji 1.2, a Andries Brouwer wersje od 1.3 do 1.5p. +Aktualnym opiekunem jest Federico Lucifredi <flucifredi@acm.org>. +.SH "ZOBACZ TAKŻE" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/pt.txt b/man/pt.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5150030 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +portuguese diff --git a/man/pt/README b/man/pt/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..832c6db --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt/README @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +These portuguese man pages were contributed by Vitor Duarte. + +#From vad@fct.unl.pt Tue Jun 21 14:15:01 1994 +#To: Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl +#Subject: portuguese man +#From: Vitor Duarte <vad@fct.unl.pt> diff --git a/man/pt/apropos.man b/man/pt/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..477d478 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "15/1/1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NOME +apropos \- procura `strings' na base de dados "whatis" +.SH SINOPSE +.BI apropos +palavra_chave ... +.SH DESCRIÇĂO +apropos procura a +.B palavra_chave, +numa base de dados contendo breves descriçőes dos comandos, +mostrando todas as descriçőes onde encontre a referida chave. +.SH "VEJA TAMBÉM" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/pt/man.conf.man b/man/pt/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3e71d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30/3/1994" +.SH NOME +man.conf \- dicheiro de configuraçăo para man +.SH DESCRIÇĂO +.LP +Este ficheiro é lido por +.BR man (1) +e contém: (a) informaçăo de como construir o manpath; (b) nomes completos +de vários programas como nroff, eqn, tbl, etc. usados por man; (c) a lista +de descompressores dos ficheiros com determinadas extensőes. Um ficheiro +alternativo pode ser indicado com +.LP +.RS +man -C fich_config ... +.RE +.LP +Os nomes de comandos podem ser indicados com opçőes se pretendido. +Opçőes uteis para o nroff podem ser encontradas em grotty(1). +Por exemplo, am vez de linha +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +pode-se usar +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +para suprimir sublinhados e carregados. +.SH "VEJA TAMBÉM" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) e compress(1), gzip(1). diff --git a/man/pt/man.man b/man/pt/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87b2001 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.TH man 1 "15/3/1994" +.LO 1 +.SH NOME +man \- formatar e mostrar as páginas do manual on-line +.br +manpath \- determinar o manpath inicial para o utilizador +.SH SINOPSE +man [\-acdfhktw] [\-m sistema] [\-p string] [\-C fich_config] [\-M path] +[\-P paginador] [\-S lista_sec] [secçăo] nome ... +.SH DESCRIÇĂO +.B man +formata e mostra as páginas do manual `on-line'. Esta versăo reconhece +as variáveis de ambiente (environment) +.B MANPATH +e +.B (MAN)PAGER +(vêr a seguir). +Se a +.I secçăo +for indicada, +.B man +apenas procura nessa secçăo de manuais. +Pode também indicar por que ordem das secçőes deve procurar +e que preprocessamento efectuar nos manuais, por meio de opçőes na +linha de comando ou variáveis de ambiente. +Se +.I nome +contiver uma / tentará primeiro o ficheiro com esse nome, permitindo +fazer +.B "man ./foo.5" +ou mesmo +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz" +para formatar e vêr um ficheiro em particular. +.SH OPÇŐES +.TP +.B \-\^C " fich_config" +Indica o ficheiro de configuraçăo a usar; por omissăo será usado +@man_config_file@. (Veja man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " path" +Indica a lista de directórios onde procurar manuais. +Sem esta opçăo, será consultada a variável +.B MANPATH. +Se também esta variável estiver definida, uma lista será obtida +por consulta de @man_config_file@. Um directório vazio em MANPATH +representa a lista anterior. +.TP +.B \-\^P " paginador" +Indica qual o paginador/visualisador a usar. Sem esta opçăo tentará +consultar a variável +.B PAGER. +Normalmente, man usará +.B @pager@. +.TP +.B \-\^S " lista_sec" +Fornece a lista de secçőes (separadas por ,) onde procurar e por que +ordem. Esta opçăo substitui o que é indicado pela variável +.B MANSECT +quando esta está definida. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Normalmente man mostra o primeiro manual que encontrar. Esta opçăo +faz com que mostre todas as páginas de manuais encontradas para a entrada +.B nome. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Năo mostra o manual, imprimindo vária informaçăo para `debug'. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Equivalente a +.B whatis. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Imprime apenas uma mensagem de ajuda. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Equivalente a +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^m " sistema" +Indica um conjunto de manuais diferente aplicáveis ao sistema indicado. +.TP +.B \-\^p " string" +Especifica uma sequência de preprocessadores a usar antes de nroff ou +troff (os formatadores). Algumas instalaçőes podem năo ter todos os +preprocessadores. Alguns preprocessadores e as letras a usar para os +indicar săo: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Esta opçăo sobrepőe-se à variável +.B MANROFFSEQ. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Usar +.B @troff@ +para formatar as páginas do manual. A saída deste comando +pode ter ainda de ser processada por outro antes de a poder +imprimir. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRor\fP \-\-path +Năo imprime as páginas do manual, mas mostra a(s) localizaçăo(őes) dos +ficheiros a formatar e mostrar, para a entrada de +.B nome +indicado. Se năo fornecer mais nenhuma opçăo mostra a lista de +directórios que serăo percorridos por +.B man +nas suas buscas. Se +.B manpath +é um `link' para man, entăo "manpath" é equivalente a "man --path". + +.SH AMBIENTE +.TP \w'MANROFFSEQ\ \ 'u +.B MANPATH +Se +.B MANPATH +estiver definido, o seu valor será usado como a lista de directórios +(manpath) onde podem estar entradas do manual. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Se +.B MANROFFSEQ +está definido, o seu valor determina os preprocessamentos a aplicar +antes de nroff ou troff. Normalmente, as páginas de manual, săo +preprocessadas pelo tbl antes de nroff. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Se +.B MANSECT +existir, o seu valor indica as secçőes a percorrer. +.TP +.B PAGER +Se +.B PAGER +está definido, indicará o programa a usar para mostrar o manual. +Normalmente usará +.B @pager@. +.SH "VEJA TAMBÉM" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH BUGS +.B \-t +só funciona se existir o programa troff ou equivalente. diff --git a/man/pt/whatis.man b/man/pt/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b39873 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/pt/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "5/1/1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NOME +whatis \- procura palavras numa base de dados própria +.SH SINOPSE +.BI whatis +palavra_chave ... +.SH DESCRIÇĂO +whatis procura numa base de dados contendo breves descriçőes dos comandos, +as palavras chave indicadas. Só quando uma palavra completa é igual a uma +.B palavra_chave +será mostrada a respectiva descriçăo. + +A base de dados do "whatis" é criada usando o comando @makewhatis@. +.SH "VEJA TAMBÉM" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/ro.txt b/man/ro.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ea12dc --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +romanian diff --git a/man/ro/apropos.man b/man/ro/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa86ad2 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from apropos.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH apropos 1 "15 Ian 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NUME +apropos \- caută șiruri de caractere în baza de date whatis +.SH SUMAR +.BI apropos +cuvânt_cheie ... +.SH DESCRIERE +apropos caută cuvinte cheie într-un set de baze de date conținând scurte +descrieri ale comenzilor sistem și afișează rezultatul la ieșirea +standard (stdout). +.SH "VEZI ȘI" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/ro/makewhatis.man b/man/ro/makewhatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4b1e0e --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/makewhatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Ottavio G. Rizzo <rizzo@pluto.linux.it> +.\" +.\" This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +.\" modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +.\" published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +.\" the License, or (at your option) any later version. +.\" +.\" The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +.\" and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +.\" document formatting or typesetting system, including +.\" intermediate and printed output. +.\" +.\" This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +.\" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +.\" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +.\" GNU General Public License for more details. +.\" +.\" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +.\" License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +.\" Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, +.\" USA. +.\" +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH MAKEWHATIS 8 "22 Ianuarie 1999" +.SH NUME +makewhatis \- Crează baza de date whatis +.SH SUMAR +.BI "makewhatis [-u] [-v] [-w] [-s " secțiuni " ] [-c [" cale_cat "]] [" cale_man "]" +.SH DESCRIERE +.B makewhatis +citește toate paginile de manual conținute în +.IR secțiunile " date în " cale_man +sau paginile preformatate conținute în +.IR secțiunile " din " cale_cat . +Pentru fiecare pagină, scrie o linie în baza de date whatis; fiecare +linie constă în numele paginii și o scurtă descriere, separate de o +liniută. Descrierea este extrasă folosind conținutul secțiunii NUME din +pagina de manual. +.LP +Din moment ce alte limbi folosesc un termen diferit pentru secțiunea NUME, +.B makewhatis +recunoaște termenii echivalenți în cehă, italiană, finlandeză, franceză, +germană și spaniolă. +.LP +Dacă nici un argument +.I cale_man +nu este furnizat, +.I /usr/man +este considerat implicit. +.SH OPȚIUNI +.TP +.B -u +Actualizează baza de date cu pagini noi. +.TP +.B -v +Operații explicite +.TP +.B -w +Folosește cale_man obținută din `man --path` +.TP +.BI -s " secțiuni" +Caută în +.I secțiuni +ale +.IR cale_man " sau " cale_cat . +Dacă opțiunea este absentă, valoarea sa este considerată a fi +.I \'1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n l\' +.TP +.BI -c " cale_cat" +Paginile preformatate de manual aflate în +.I cale_cat +sunt scanate. Dacă argumentul nu este furnizat, este considerat a fi +primul director existent între +.IR /usr/man/preformat " și " /usr/man . +.SH EXEMPLE +.PP +Pentru a recrea doar +.IR /usr/X11R6/man/whatis " și " /usr/local/man/whatis +.IP +makewhatis /usr/X11R6/man /usr/local/man +.PP +Pentru a recrea toate bazele de date, inclusiv cele cu traducerile +finlandeze, franceze și italiene +.IP +LANGUAGE=fi:fr:it makewhatis -w +.SH ERORI +.B makewhatis +ar putea să nu manipuleze prea bine paginile de manual scrise cu +macrouri troff nestandard, cum ar fi paginile Tcl/Tk. +.PP +.B makewhatis +nu funcționeaza pentru traducerile preformatate. +.SH VEZI ȘI +.BR apropos (1), +.BR man (1), +.BR whatis (1) diff --git a/man/ro/man.conf.man b/man/ro/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..454c609 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30 Mar 1994" +.SH NUME +man.conf \- date de configurare pentru man +.SH DESCRIERE +.LP +Acest fișier este citit de +.BR man (1) +și conține (a) informații despre cum se construiește calea de căutare +pentru man, (b) căi complete pentru diferite programe ca nroff, eqn, tbl +etc. folosite de man, și (c) o listă cu decomprimatoare pentru fișierele +cu o anumită extensie. O versiune alternativă a acestui fișier poate fi +specificată cu +.LP +.RS +man -C man_privat.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Numele de comenzi pot fi completate cu opțiuni. Opțiuni folositoare +pentru nroff pot fi găsite în grotty(1). De exemplu, în loc de linia +implicită +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +se poate scrie +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +pentru a elimina sublinierea și tăierea. +.SH "VEZI ȘI" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) și compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/ro/man.man b/man/ro/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62aa3a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,434 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH man 1 "2 Septembrie 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH NUME +man \- formatează și afișează paginile de manual +.br +manpath \- determină calea de căutare a utilizatorului pentru paginile +de manual +.SH SUMAR +.B man +.RB [ \-acdfFhkKtwW ] +.RB [ --path ] +.RB [ \-m +.IR sistem ] +.RB [ \-p +.IR șir ] +.RB [ \-C +.IR fișier_configurare ] +.RB [ \-M +.IR listă_căi ] +.RB [ \-P +.IR paginator ] +.RB [ \-S +.IR listă_secțiuni ] +.RI [ secțiune ] +.I "nume ..." + +.SH DESCRIERE +.B man +formatează și afișează paginile de manual. Dacă specificați +.IR secțiune , +.B man +caută doar în acea secțiune a manualului. +.I nume +este în mod normal numele paginii de manual, care este de obicei numele +unei comenzi, funcții, sau fișier. Totuși, dacă +.I nume +conține un slash +.RB ( / ) +atunci +.B man +îl interpretează ca o specificare de fișier, astfel încât puteți executa +.B "man ./foo.5" +sau chiar +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +.PP +Vedeți mai jos pentru o descriere a locurilor unde caută +.B man +fișierele cu paginile de manual. + +.SH OPȚIUNI +.TP +.B \-\^C " fiișier_configurare" +Specifică fișierul de configurare care se va folosi; inplicit este +.BR @man_config_file@ . +(Vezi +.BR man.conf (5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " cale" +Specifică lista de directoare unde se caută paginile man. Separați +directoarele cu două puncte (:). O listă goală este echivalent cu a nu +specifica +.B \-M +de loc. Vezi și +.BR "CALEA DE CĂUTARE A PAGINILOR MAN" . +.TP +.B \-\^P " paginator" +Specifică ce paginator de va folosi. +Această opțiune ignoră variabila de mediu +.B MANPAGER +, care în schimb ignoră variabila +.BR PAGER . +Implicit, +.B man +folosește +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " listă_secțiuni" +Lista este un șir de secțiuni de manual care vor fi căutate, despărțite +prin două puncte (:). Această opțiune ignoră variabila de mediu +.BR MANSECT . +.TP +.B \-\^a +Implicit, executia +.B man +se va termina după afișarea primei pagini de manual pe care o găsește. +Folosirea acestei opțiuni forțează +.B man +să afișeze toate paginila de manual care verifică +.B nume, +nu doar prima. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Reformatează pagina man sursă, chiar dacă există o pagină cat +actualizată. Acest lucru poate fi important dacă pagina cat a fost +formatată pentru un ecran cu un număr diferit de coloane, sau dacă +pagina preformatată este alterată. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Nu afișează efectiv paginile man, ci tipărește multe informații de +depanare. +.TP +.B \-\^D +Afișează atât paginile man, cât și informații de depanare. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Echivalent cu +.BR whatis . +.TP +.BR \-\^F " sau " \-\-preformat +Doar formatează - nu afișează. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Tipărește un mesaj de ajutor și termină execuția. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Echivalent cu +.BR apropos . +.TP +.B \-\^K +Caută șirul de caractere specificat în *toate* paginile man. +Avertisment: aceasta este probabil o operație foarte lentă! Ajută +specificarea unei secțiuni. (Pentru a da o idee generală, pe mașina mea +aceasta durează aproape un minut pentru 500 pagini man.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " sistem" +Specifică un set alternativ de pagini man de căutat, bazat pe numele de +sistem dat. +.TP +.B \-\^p " șir" +Specifică secvența de preprocesoare ce vor fi rulate înainte de +.B nroff +sau +.BR troff . +Nu toate instalările vor avea un set complet de preprocesoare. Unele din +preprocesoare și literele folosite pentru a le desemna sunt: eqn (e), +grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). Această opțiune duce +la ignorarea variabilei de mediu +.BR MANROFFSEQ . +.TP +.B \-\^t +Folosește +.B @troff@ +pentru a formata pegina man, trimițând rezultatul la ieșirea standard +.BR (stdout) . +Rezultatul comenzii +.B @troff@ +ar putea necesita să fie trecut printr-un filtru înante de a fi tipărit. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRsau\fP \-\-path +Nu afișează efectiv paginile man, ci tipărește locația(ile) fișierelor +care ar fi formatate sau afișate. Dacă nici un argument nu este dat: +afișează (la ieșirea standard (stdout)) lista directoarelor în care sunt +căutate de +.B man +paginile man. Dacă +.B manpath +este o legătură la man, atunci "manpath" este echivalent cu "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Ca \-\^w, dar afișează numele de fișiere unul pe linie, fără informații adiționale. +Această opțiune este utilă în comenzi shell ca +.ft CW +.B "man -aW man | xargs ls -l" +.ft + +.SH "PAGINILE CAT" +Man va încerca să salveze paginile man formatate, pentru a reduce timpul +de formatare data viitoare când aceste pagini sunt necesare. +Tradițional, versiunile formatate ale paginilor din DIR/manX sunt +salvate în DIR/catX, dar alte mapări de la directorul man la directorul +cat pot fi specificate în +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Nici o pagină cat nu este salvată dacă directorul cat necesar nu există. +.PP +Este posibil să faceți +.B man +suid la un utilizator man. Atunci, dacă un director cat are proprietar +man și modul 0755 (scriere doar de către man), și fișierele cat au +proprietarul man și modul 0644 sau 0444 (scriere doar de către man, sau +nici o permisiune de scriere), nici un utilizator normal nu poate +modifica paginile cat sau să pună alte fișiere în directorul cat. Dacă +.B man +nu este făcut suid, atunci un director cat ar trebui să aibă modul 0777 +dacă toți utilizatorii trebuie să poată lăsa pagini cat acolo. +.PP +Opțiunea +.B \-c +forțează reformatarea unei pagini, chiar dacă există o pagină cat +recentă. + +.SH "CALEA DE CĂUTARE A PAGINILOR MAN" +.B man +folosește o metodă sofisticată pentru a găsi paginile de manual, bazată +pe opțiuni de apelare și variabile de mediu, fișierul de configurare +.B @man_config_file@ +și anumite convenții și euristici. +.PP +Înainte de toate, când argumentul +.I nume +al +.B man +conține un slash +.RB ( / ), +.B man +consideră că este un specificator de fișier și nu se efectuează nici o +căutare. +.PP +Dar în cazul normal în care +.I nume +nu conține un slash, +.B man +caută în o mulțime de directoare un fișier care a putea fi o pagină de +manual pentru subiectul numit. +.PP +Dacă specificați opțiunea +.BI "-M " listă_căi\fR, +.I listă_căi +este o listă de directoare despărțite prin două puncte (:) în care caută +.BR man . +.PP +Dacă nu specificați +.B -M +dar setați variabila de mediu +.BR MANPATH , +valoarea acestei variabile este lista de directoare în care caută +.BR man . +.PP +Dacă nu specificați explicit o listă de căi cu +.B -M +sau +.BR MANPATH , +.B man +își creează propria listă de căi bazată pe conținutul fișierului de +configurare +.BR @man_config_file@ . +Declarațiile +.B MANPATH +din fișierul de configurare definesc anumite directoare care să fie +incluse în calea de căutare. +.PP +Mai mult, declarațiile +.B MANPATH_MAP +se adaugă la calea de căutare depinzând de calea de căutare a +comenzilor (de ex. variabila de mediu +.BR PATH ). +Pentru fiecare director care este în calea de căutare a comenzilor, o +declarație +.B MANPATH_MAP +specifică un director care trebuie că fie adăugat la calea de căutare a +fișierelor cu paginile de manual. +.B man +analizează variabila +.B PATH +și adaugă directoarele corespunzătoare la calea de căutare a fișierelor +cu paginile de manual. Astfel, prin folosirea corectă a +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +când executați comanda +.BR "man xyz" , +obțineți o pagină de manual pentru programul care ar rula dacă ați +executa comanda +.BR xyz . +.PP +În plus, pentru fiecare director în calea de căutare a comenzilor (o vom +denumi "director de comenzi") pentru care +.I nu +aveți o declarație +.BR MANPATH_MAP , +.B man +caută în mod automat un director cu pagini de manual "învecinat", +respectiv ca un subdirector al directorului de comenzi sau în directorul +părinte al directorului de comenzi. +.PP +Puteți dezactiva căutarea "învecinată" automată incluzând o declarație +.B NOAUTOPATH +în +.BR @man_config_file@ . +.PP +În fiecare director din calea de căutare descris mai sus, +.B man +caută un fișier numit +.IB topic . section\fR, +cu un sufix opțional la numărul secțiunii și posibil un sufix de +compresie. Dacă nu găsește un astfel de fișier, caută în orice +subdirectoare numite +.BI man N +sau +.BI cat N +unde +.I N +este numărul secțiunii de manual. +Dacă fișierul este într-ul subdirector +.BI cat N\fR, +.B man +consideră că este o pagină de manual formatată (pagină cat). Altfel, +.B man +consideră că este neformatată. În oricare caz, dacă numele fișierului +are un sufix cunoscut de compresie (ca +.BR .gz ), +.B man +consideră că este comprimat cu gzip. +.PP +Dacă doriție să vedeți unde (sau dacă) +.B man +ar găsi pagina de manual pentru un anumit subiect, folosiți opțiunea +.BR "--path " ( -w ). + +.SH "VARIABILE DE MEDIU" +.TP +.B MANPATH +Dacă +.B MANPATH +este setată, +.B man +o folosește drept cale de căutare a fișierelor cu paginile de manual. Ignoră fișierul de configurare și +calea de căutare automată, dar este ignorată de opțiunea de apelare +.BR -M . +Vezi și +.BR "CALEA DE CĂUTARE A PAGINILOR MAN" . +.TP +.B MANPL +Dacă +.B MANPL +este setată, valoarea ei este folosită ca lungimea paginii afișate. +Altfel, întreaga pagină man va ocupa o singură pagină (lungă). +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Dacă +.B MANROFFSEQ +este setată, valoarea ei este folosită pentru determinarea setului de +preprocesoare rulate înainte de a rula +.B nroff +sau +.BR troff . +Implicit, paginile sunt trecute prin preprocesorul tbl înainte de +.BR nroff . +.TP +.B MANSECT +Dacă +.B MANSECT +este setată, valoare ei este folosită pentru a determina în ce secțiune +de manual să se caute. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Dacă +.B MANWIDTH +este setată, valoare ei este folosită ca lățimea pe care paginile de +manual ar trebui să fie afișate. Altfel paginile ar putea fi afișate +peste lățimea ecranului. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Dacă +.B MANPAGER +este setată, valoarea ei este folosită ca numele programului ce va fi +folosit pentru a afișa pagina man. Dacă nu, atunci +.B PAGER +este folosită. Dacă nici aceasta nu are o valoare, +.B @pager@ +este folosit. +.TP +.B LANG +Dacă +.B LANG +este setată, valoarea ei definește numele subdirectorului unde man caută +prima dată paginile man. Astfel, comanda `LANG=dk man 1 foo' va +determina man să caute pagina man foo în .../dk/man1/foo.1 și dacă nu +poate găsi un astfel de fișier, în .../man1/foo.1, unde ... este un +director în calea de căutare. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Variabilele de mediu +.B NLSPATH +și +.B LC_MESSAGES +(sau +.B LANG +când ultima nu există) joacă un rol în localizarea catalogului de +mesaje. (Dar mesajele în engleză sunt incluse la compilare și pentru +engleză nu este necesar nici un catalog.) Notați că programe apelate de +man ca +.BR col(1) +folosesc și ele de ex. LC_CTYPE. +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +ajută la determinarea căii de căutare a fișierelor cu paginile de +manual. Vezi și +.BR "CALEA DE CĂUTARE A PAGINILOR MAN" . +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +este folosită pentru a obține numele implicit al sistemului alternativ +(pentru a fi utilizat cu opțiunea +.BR \-m ). +.SH "VEZI ȘI" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1), man.conf(5). +.SH ERORI +Opțiunea +.B \-t +funcționează doar dacă un program gen troff este instalat. +.br +Dacă vedeți \e255 sau <AD> clipind în loc de liniuțe, setați +`LESSCHARSET=latin1' în mediu. +.SH SFATURI +Dacă adăugați linia + + (global-set-key [(f1)] (lambda () (interactive) (manual-entry (current-word)))) + +în fișierul dumneavoastră +.IR .emacs\fR, +apăsând F1 veți obține pagina man pentru apelul de librărie la poziția +curentă a cursorului. +.LP +Pentru a obține o versiune doar text a paginii man, fără backspace și +liniuțe de subliniere (underscore), încercați + + # man foo | col -b > foo.mantxt + diff --git a/man/ro/man2html.man b/man/ro/man2html.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ebe05d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/man2html.man @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +'\" t +.\" Man page for man2html +.\" aeb, 980101 +.\" +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH man2html 1 "1 Ianuarie 1998" +.LO 1 +.SH NUME +man2html \- formatează o pagină de manual în html +.SH SUMAR +man2html [opțuni] [fișier] +.SH DESCRIERE +.B man2html +convertește o pagină de manual așa cum se găsește în +.I fișier +(sau intrarea standard (stdin), în caz că argumentul fișier lipsește, +sau argumentul "-" este folosit) din stilul man nroff în html, și +tipărește rezultatul la ieșirea standard (stdout). Suportă tbl dar nu +știe de eqn. Starea de ieșire este 0. Dacă ceva merge eronat, o pagină +de eroare este tipărită la ieșirea standard (stdout). + +Poate fi folosit ca un utilitar de sine stătător, dar este în principal +conceput ca un auxiliar, pentru a permite utilizatorilor să navigheze +prin paginile de manual folosind un navigator html ca +.BR lynx (1), +.BR xmosaic (1) +sau +.BR netscape (1). +./" (Vezi +./" .BR man (1) +./" pentru informații despre cum să navighezi prin paginile de manual cu +./" .BR man2html . +./" De obicei este suficientă adăugarea "MANHTMLPAGER=/usr/bin/lynx" +./" la mediu.) + +Partea principală a +.B man2html +este motorul troff-to-html scris de Richard Verhoeven (rcb5@win.tue.nl). +Adaugă legături pentru următoarele construcții: +.LP +.TS +l l. +foo(3x) "http://localhost/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3x+foo" +method://șir "method://șir" +www.nume.gazdă "http://www.nume.gazdă" +ftp.nume.gazdă "ftp://ftp.nume.gazdă" +nume@gazdă "mailto:nume@gazdă" +<string.h> "file:/usr/include/string.h" +.TE +.LP +(Primele din acestea pot fi modificate cu opțiuni - vezi mai jos.) Nici +o verificare nu este făcută - legăturile generate nu trebuie să existe. +De asemenea, este generat un cuprins cu legături interne spre diverse +secțiuni, astfel încât este mai ușor pentru cineva să se descurce în +paginile mari de manual ca +.BR bash (1). + +.SH OPȚIUNI +Când se citește de la intrarea standard, nu este întotdeauna clar cum să +se facă expansiunea .so. Opțiunea \-D permite unui script să definească +directorul de lucru. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^D cale +Elimină ultimele două părți din cale, și face un +\fIchdir\fP(\fIdir\fP) înainte de a începe conversia. +.LP +Opțiunea \-E permite generarea ușoară a mesajelor de eroare dintr-un +script cgi. +.LP +.TP +.B \-\^E șir +Produce o pagină de eroare conținând mesajul de eroare dat. +.LP +Forma generală a unei legături generate pentru o referință la o pagină +de manual este +.IP +<metodă:cale_cgi><cale_man2html><separator><pagină_man> +.LP +cu o formă implicită ca mai sus. Părțile acestei legături sunt +configurate folosind diverse opțiuni. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Configurează metodă:cele_cgi ca http://localhost. Această opțiune este implicită. +.TP +.BI \-\^H " gazdă[.domeniu][:port]" +Configurează metodă:cale_cgi ca +.RI http:// gazdă.domeniu:port . +.TP +.B \-\^l +Configurează metodă:cale_cgi ca +.RI lynxcgi: /home/httpd . +.TP +.BI \-\^L " dir" +Configurează metodă:cale_cgi ca +.RI lynxcgi: dir . +.TP +.BI \-\^M " cale_man2html" +Configurează cale_man2html care va fi folosită. Implicit ea este +.IR /cgi-bin/man/man2html . +.TP +.B \-\^p +Configurează separatorul ca '/'. +.TP +.B \-\^q +Configurează separatorul ca '?'. Această opțiune este implicită. +.LP +Pe o mașină care nu rulează +.BR httpd , +se poate folosi +.B lynx +pentru a naviga prin paginile de manual, folosind metoda lynxcgi. Când +un demon http rulează, lynx, sau orice alt navigator, poate fi folosit +pentru a naviga prin paginile de manual, folosind metoda http. Opțiunea +\-l (pentru `lynxcgi') selectează comportamentul precedent. Cu ea, +cale_cgi este \fI/home/httpd\fP. + +În general, un script cgi poate fi apelat prin +.IP +<cale_la_script>/<mai_multă_cale>?<cerere> +.LP +și variabilele de mediu PATH_INFO și QUERY_STRING vor fi configurate ca +<mai_multă_cale> și respectiv <cere>. Din moment ce lynxcgi nu tratează +partea PATH_INFO, generăm legături cu `?' drept separator în mod +implicit. Opțiunea \-p (de la eng. `path' (cale)) selectează '/' ca +separator, în timp ce opțiunea \-q (de la eng. `query'(cerere)) +selectează '?' ca separator. + +Opțiunea \-H \fIgazdă\fP va specifica gazda care va fi folosită (în loc +de \fIlocalhost\fP). Un script cgi ar putea folosi +.IP +man2html -H $SERVER_NAME +.LP +dacă variabila SERVER_NAME este configurată. Aceasta ar permite mașinii +să se comporte ca un server și să exporte pagini de manual. + +.SH ERORI +Sunt multe euristici. Rezultatul nu va fi întotdeauna perfect. Metoda +lynxcgi nu va funcționa dacă lynx a fost compilat fără a selecta suport +pentru ea. Ar putea fi probleme de securitate. + +.SH "VEZI ȘI" +.BR lynx (1), +.BR man (1) diff --git a/man/ro/whatis.man b/man/ro/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0efed35 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/ro/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +.\" +.\" Generated automatically from whatis.1.in by the +.\" configure script. +.\" +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Traducere de Ovidiu Constantin <ovidiu.soft@xnet.ro> +.TH whatis 1 "5 Ian 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH NUME +whatis \- caută cuvinte complete în baza de date whatis. +.SH SUMAR +.BI whatis +cuvânt_cheie ... +.SH DESCRIERE +whatis caută într-un set de baze de date conținând scurte descrieri ale +comenzilor sistem cuvinte cheie și afișează rezultatul la ieșirea +standard (stdout). Doar rezultatele complete sunt afișate. + +Baza de date whatis este creată folosind comanda @makewhatis@. +.SH "VEZI ȘI" +apropos(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/sl.txt b/man/sl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70dd991 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/sl.txt @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +slovenian diff --git a/man/sl/apropos.man b/man/sl/apropos.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..833441f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/sl/apropos.man @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +.\" Man page for apropos +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Slovenski prevod PrimoŸ Peterlin <primoz.peterlin@biofiz.mf.uni-lj.si>, +.\" julij 1996. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH apropos 1 "15. januar 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH IME +apropos \- poičèi kljuèno besedo v datoteki whatis +.SH SINTAKSA +.BI apropos +kljuèna_beseda ... +.SH OPIS +apropos prečèie za kljuèno besedo mnoŸico datotek, ki vsebujejo +kratke opise sistemskih ukazov, in izpiče rezultat na standardni +izhod. +.SH "GLEJ TUDI" +whatis(1), man(1). diff --git a/man/sl/man.conf.man b/man/sl/man.conf.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..69f275f --- /dev/null +++ b/man/sl/man.conf.man @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +.\" @(#)man.conf +.TH MAN.CONF 5 "30. marec 1994" +.SH IME +man.conf \- nastavitvena datoteka za program man +.SH OPIS +.LP +To datoteko prebere program +.BR man (1). +Vsebuje (a) informacijo o sestavljanju poti, v katerih man ičèe +strani priroènika, (b) celotne poti do programov, ki jih man +uporablja, kot npr. nroff, eqn, tbl itd., ter (c) seznam +programov, ki znajo dekompresirati datoteke z doloèenimi priponami. +Alternativo privzeti verziji te datoteke lahko doloèimo z izbiro +.LP +.RS +man -C privatni_man.conf ... +.RE +.LP +Ukazi so lahko navedeni skupaj z izbirami. Nekaj uporabnih izbir +za nroff lahko najdete na strani grotty(1). +Na primer, namesto privzete vrstice +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 +.fi +.RE +.LP +lahko navedemo +.LP +.RS +.nf +NROFF /usr/bin/groff -mandoc -Tlatin1 -P-u -P-b +.fi +.RE +.LP +in prepreèimo podèrtanje in polkrepki tisk z veèkratnim odtisom +(overstrike). +.SH "GLEJTE TUDI" +col(1), (g)eqn(1), (g)pic(1), groff(1), grotty(1), (g)refer(1), (g)tbl(1), +less(1), man (1) and compress(1), gzip(1). + diff --git a/man/sl/man.man b/man/sl/man.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6856cc --- /dev/null +++ b/man/sl/man.man @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +.\" Man page for man (and the former manpath) +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Slovenski prevod PrimoŸ Peterlin <primoz.peterlin@biofiz.mf.uni-lj.si>, +.\" julij 1996. +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.\" Many changes - aeb +.\" +.TH man 1 "2. september 1995" +.LO 1 +.SH IME +man \- oblikovanje in prikaz strani on-line priroènika +.br +manpath \- prikaz poti do imenikov, kjer man ičèe priroènike +.SH SINTAKSA +.\" man [\-acdfhkKtwW] [\-m system] [\-p string] [\-C config_file] [\-M path] +.\" [\-P pager] [\-S section_list] [section] name ... +man [\-adfhkKtwW] [\-m sistem] [\-p niz] [\-C nastavitvena_datoteka] +[\-M pot] [\-P paginator] [\-S seznam_poglavij] [poglavje] ime ... +.SH OPIS +.B man +oblikuje in prikaŸe strani on-line priroènika. Ta izvedba pozna +spremenljivki +.B MANPATH +in +.BR (MAN)PAGER , +tako da si lahko pripravite +lasten nabor osebnih strani priroènika in izberete vač najljubči +program za prikaz oblikovanih strani. +Èe je doloèeno +.I poglavje, +.B man +ičèe samo v tem poglavju priroènika. +Iz ukazne vrstice ali prek spremenljivk okolja lahko doloèite +tudi vrsti red poglavij, ki jih +.B man +preičèe, ter katere predprocesorje se pred prikazom uporabijo na +izvornem besedilu. +Èe +.I ime +vsebuje znak /, se najprej preveri, èe obstaja datoteka s tem +imenom. Ukaz +.B "man ./foo.5" +ali celo +.B "man /cd/foo/bar.1.gz\fR.\fP" +sta zato povsem veljavna. +.SH IZBIRE +.TP +.B \-\^C " nastavitvena_datoteka" +Doloèimo nastavitveno datoteko man.conf, ki jo Ÿelimo +uporabljati; privzeta izbira je +@man_config_file@. (glejte man.conf(5).) +.TP +.B \-\^M " pot" +Doloèimo seznam imenikov, v katerih se ičèe za stranmi +priroènika. Èe izbira ni podana, se uporabi spremenljivka okolja +.B MANPATH +Èe tudi spremenljivke s tem imenom ni, se uporabi privzeta izbira +iz nastavitvene datoteke @man_config_file@. +Prazen niz v MANPATH implicira privzet seznam imenikov. +.TP +.B \-\^P " paginator" +Doloèimo paginator. Ta izbira ima prednost pred spremenljivko +okolja +.B MANPAGER, +ki ima nadalje prednost pred spremenljivko okolja +.B PAGER. +Privzeta izbira za paginator je +.BR @pager@ . +.TP +.B \-\^S " seznam_poglavij" +Seznam_poglavij je z dvopièji loèen seznam poglavij priroènika, +v katerem se ičèe geslo. Ta izbira ima prednost pred +spremenljivko okolja +.B MANSECT. +.TP +.B \-\^a +Sam po sebi man prikaŸe prvo stran, ki ustreza imenu +.B name. +S to izbiro zahtevamo, da prikaŸe vse strani, ki ustrezajo +pogoju, ne le prve. +.TP +.B \-\^c +Izrecno zahtevamo ponovno oblikovanje strani, èetudi Ÿe +oblikovana stran obstaja. Izbira je lahko smiselna, èe je bila +stran oblikovana za drugaèno čirino zaslona. +.TP +.B \-\^d +Ne prikaŸi oblikovane strani, ampak le "debugging" informacije. +.TP +.B \-\^D +PrikaŸi tako oblikovano stran kot tudi "debugging" informacije. +.TP +.B \-\^f +Isto kot +.B whatis. +.TP +.B \-\^h +Izpiči eno vrstico navodila in konèaj. +.TP +.B \-\^k +Isto kot +.B apropos. +.TP +.B \-\^K +Preičèi *vse* strani priroènika za dani niz. Pozor: to zelo +verjetno vzame kar nekaj èasa! Hitreje gre, èe iskanje omejimo +na poglavje. +(Kot grob primer: na avtorjevem raèunalniku traja iskanje prek +500 strani priroènika pribliŸno minuto.) +.TP +.B \-\^m " sistem" +Doloèimo alternativni nabor strani priroènika na podanem +sistemu. +.TP +.B \-\^p " niz" +Doloèimo zaporedje predprocesorjev, ki se poŸenejo pred nroff ali +troff. +Nekateri od predprocesorjev, in njihove enoèrkovne okrajčave: +eqn (e), grap (g), pic (p), tbl (t), vgrind (v), refer (r). +Ni nujno, da so na vačem sistemu vsi načteti +predprocesorji na voljo. +Ta izbira ima prednost pred spremenljivko okolja +.B MANROFFSEQ. +.TP +.B \-\^t +Uporabi +.B @troff@ +za oblikovanje strani priroènika in usmeri izhod na standardni +izhod +.B stdout. +Lahko, da je izhod iz +.B @troff@ +pred tiskom potrebno obdelati s če kakčnim filtrom. +.TP +.B \-\^w \fRali\fP \-\-path +Ne prikaŸi oblikovanih strani priroènika, ampak pot do datotek, +ki bi bile oblikovane in prikazane. Èe je izbira brez argumenta, +prikaŸi pot do imenikov, v katerih +.B man +ičèe strani priroènika. Èe je +.B manpath +povezava na man, tedaj je "manpath" enakovredno "man --path". +.TP +.B \-\^W +Kot \-\^w, le da prikaŸe po eno ime datoteke v vrstici in brez +dodatnih informacij. +To je lahko uporabno v ukazih ukazne lupine, kot npr. +.ft CW +man -aW man | xargs ls -l +.ft + +.SH "OBLIKOVANE STRANI" +Man poskusi shraniti oblikovane strani in tako prihraniti èas, +potreben za oblikovanje, ko se stran naslednjiè rabi. +Tradicionalno se oblikovane strani iz imenikov DIR/manX +shranjujejo v imenike DIR/catX, drugaèen dogovor glede preslikave +med izvornimi in oblikovanimi razlièicami pa je moŸno doloèiti v +@man_config_file@. +Oblikovane strani se ne shranijo, èe ustrezni imenik ne obstaja. +.TP +Program man je moŸno pripisati (SUID) uporabniku z imenom man. V +tem primeru, kadar je imenik z oblikovanimi stranmi v lasti man, +naèin začèite pa 0755 (dovoljeno pisanje samo lastniku -- man), +oblikovane datoteke pa so začèitene z 0644 ali 0444 (dovoljeno +pisanje samo lastniku, ali pa sploh prepovedano pisanje), nihèe +od uporabnikov ne more ne more spreminjati oblikovanih strani ali +pučèati svojih datotek v imeniku z oblikovanimi stranmi. Èe man +ni v lasti (SUID) uporabnika man, mora biti imenik z oblikovanimi +stranmi dovoljen za pisanje (0777), èe naj bo tam vsem uporabnikom +dovoljeno pučèati oblikovane strani. +.TP +Izbira \-\^c zahteva ponovno oblikovanje strani, èetudi recentna +oblikovana stran Ÿe obstaja. + + +.SH SPREMENLJIVKE OKOLJA +.TP +.B MANPATH +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B MANPATH, +se njena vrednost uporabi za pot do strani priroènika. +.TP +.B MANROFFSEQ +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B MANROFFSEQ, +z njeno vrednostjo doloèimo zaporedje predprocesorjev, ki +obdelajo stran pred nroff ali troff. Privzeta izbira je +tabelarni predprocesor tbl. +.TP +.B MANSECT +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B MANSECT, +njena vrednost doloèa poglavja v priroèniku, v katerih man ičèe +zahtevano stran. +.TP +.B MANWIDTH +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B MANWIDTH, +njena vrednost doloèa čirino zaslona, za katero se oblikujejo +strani priroènika. Privzeta izbira je cela čirina zaslona. +.TP +.B MANPAGER +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B MANPAGER, +njena vrednost doloèa paginator -- program, ki prikaŸe oblikovano +stran. Èe spremenljivka ni nastavljena, se uporabi vrednost +spremenljivke +.B PAGER. +Èe tudi ta ni nastavljena, se uporabi privzeta izbira +.B @pager@. +.TP +.B LANG +Èe nastavimo spremenljivko +.B LANG, +njena vrednost doloèa podimenik, v katerem man najprej poskusi +poiskati stran priroènika. Na primer, pri ukazu ,,LANG=dk man 1 foo'' +man najprej poskusi poiskati ustrezno stran priroènika v +datoteki .../dk/man1/foo.1, èe ta ne obstaja, pa v .../man1/foo.1. +Pri tem je ... eden od imenikov, v katerih man ičèe strani. +.TP +.B "NLSPATH, LC_MESSAGES, LANG" +Spremenljivki +.B NLSPATH +in +.B LC_MESSAGES +(ali +.B LANG +èe LC_MESSAGES ne obstaja) +doloèajo katalog s sporoèili programa. +(Anglečka sporoèila so izjema, ker so Ÿe vkljuèena v program, +tako da zanje ne potrebujemo posebnega kataloga.) +Programi kot npr. col(1), ki ga klièe man, prav tako uporabljajo +lokalizacijske spremenljivke (npr. LC_CTYPE). +.TP +.B PATH +.B PATH +se uporablja za sestavljanje privzete poti, v katerih man ičèe +strani priroènika. +.TP +.B SYSTEM +.B SYSTEM +se uporablja za doloèitev imena alternativnega sistema (z izbiro +.B \-m). +.SH "GLEJTE TUDI" +apropos(1), whatis(1), less(1), groff(1). +.SH NAPAKE +The +.B \-t +deluje samo, kadar je na voljo troff ali drug enakovreden program. +.br +Èe namesto pomičljajev vidite utripajoèe \e255 or <AD>, dodajte +med spremenljivke okolja `LESSCHARSET=latin1'. diff --git a/man/sl/whatis.man b/man/sl/whatis.man new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40e391d --- /dev/null +++ b/man/sl/whatis.man @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +.\" Man page for whatis +.\" +.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, John W. Eaton. +.\" Slovenski prevod PrimoŸ Peterlin <primoz.peterlin@biofiz.mf.uni-lj.si> +.\" avgust 1996 +.\" +.\" You may distribute under the terms of the GNU General Public +.\" License as specified in the README file that comes with the man 1.0 +.\" distribution. +.\" +.\" John W. Eaton +.\" jwe@che.utexas.edu +.\" Department of Chemical Engineering +.\" The University of Texas at Austin +.\" Austin, Texas 78712 +.\" +.TH whatis 1 "5. januar 1991" +.LO 1 +.SH IME +whatis \- poičèi besedo v zbirki whatis. +.SH SINTAKSA +.BI whatis +kljuèna_beseda ... +.SH OPIS +whatis poskusi v podatkovnih zbirkah s kratkimi opisi sistemskih +ukazov poiskati kljuène besede in izpiče rezultat na standardni +izhod. Samo ujemanja celih besed se izpičejo. + +Podatkovno zbirko whatis napravimo z ukazom @makewhatis@. +.SH "GLEJTE TUDI" +apropos(1), man(1). |